Tải bản đầy đủ (.docx) (190 trang)

giao an

Bạn đang xem bản rút gọn của tài liệu. Xem và tải ngay bản đầy đủ của tài liệu tại đây (749.58 KB, 190 trang )

<span class='text_page_counter'>(1)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=1>

``````````````````````Pre-date:
Tea-date:


Week1- Period1:


<b>Ôn tập - Kiểm tra</b>
<b>I.Mục tiªu;</b>


- Giúp HS hệ thống và ơn tập lại những nội dungkiến thức cơ bản của năm học trớc cụ thể là
cách dùng đọng từ “to be”.Thì hiện tại đơn,thì tơng lai và thì q khứ đơn.


- Gióp HS phát triển khả năng t duy và lam các bài tập thực hành.


- Giúp HS yêu thích môn học.
<b>II.ChuÈn bÞ; </b>


-ThÇy :Some small pictures, text book.
-Trò:Revision


<b>III.Tiến trình dạy-học</b>


1.Warm up:
*New lesson


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>Presentation</b>


* Have ps look at the pictures and
describe the activities.


Answer this questions:


*Practice


+ What are these students doing?
+ Why do they do these activities?


+ Do you often do these activities in your
lesson?


<b>*Production</b>



* Pre teach some phrase words.


- Guide ps to read these words a few
times


- Call some ps to read these words in
front of the class.


Consolidation


- Call some ps to practice the


<b>* Look at the pictures then answer.</b>
- They are standing up in the class.
b) They are greeting the teacher.
c) Yes, we are


<b>*Some classroom managements</b>
- work in pairs



- work in groups
- stand up


- sit down


- open your books
- close your books
- listen to me
- keep silent
- don’t talk


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(2)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=2>

dialogue in front of the class.


Have ps play a game: “Simon says”


- Remind ps remember all the classroom
activities that will be used during the
lesson.


- Learn by heart the phrases words above.
<b>*Home work</b>


<b>-</b> Guides how to prepare period 2 –
Unit 1- Getting started – Listen and
read.


- Remember to study at home.


Pre-date:
Tea-date:



<b>Unit 1: My friends</b>



Week1: Period 2 :Getting started - Listen and read


<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Giúp học sinh có khả năng miêu tả tính cách, đặc điểm bên ngồi của ai
đồng thời ôn lại một số hoạt động học sinh a thích lúc rảnh ri.


<b>-</b> Rèn luyện kĩ năng Nghe Nói thực hành.


<b>-</b> Giúp học sinh có hứng thú với môn học.
<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>


<b>-</b> Thầy- Some small pictures about activities, text book
- Trß –Find new words.


<b>II.Tiến trình dạy-học;</b>
<b>1.Warm up: </b>


* Have ps look at the pictures and describe some groups of friends and their favorite activities.
<b>*New lesson</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Presentation</b>



* Pre teach some new words.


<b>I. Getting started</b>



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(3)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=3>

- Guide ps to read these words a few
times


- Checking vocabulary by rub out and
remember.


- Call some ps to read these words in
front of the class.


<b>3.Practice</b>
* Pre-questions:


?1 Is Nien Lan’s friend or Hoa’s friend?
?2 How old is Nien?


?3 Where does Nien live?
?4 Is she a beautiful girl?
<b>*Activity1</b>


* Ask students to read the dialogue in
groups between Hoa, Lan and Nien on
page 10.


- Call some ps to practice the dialogue
in front of the class.


<b>*Activity2</b>


* Comprehension questions:



- Ask ps to read the dialogue again and
answer the questions in exercise


2 in page 11.


<b>4.Further practice.</b>


- Ask ps to practice in pairs.


<b>5.Home work.</b>


- Learn by heart vocabulary
- Do exercise 1,2 (work book )


- Guides how to prepare period 4
(Read)


b) They are reading books.
c) They are playing chess.
d) They are playing volleyball.


( In the morning /afternoon / evening)
( students’ answers)


<b>II. Listen and read</b>


<b>1. Vocabulary:</b>


- To seem ( translation)



- A next door neighbor
( explanation)


- to look like ( translation)
- smile ( miming )


- photograph ( real object )
<b>2. Answers:</b>


- She is Hoa’s friend
- She is twelve years old
- She lives in Hue


- Yes, she is


<b>3. Practice the dialogue with a partner.</b>
( Practice reading in groups )


<b>4. Answer the following questions.</b>
a. P1: Where does Nien live?




P2: Nien lives in Hue.
b. P1: Does Lan know Nien?
P2: No, she doesn’t


c. P1: Which sentence tells you that Hoa is older
than Nien?



P2: The sentence is: “She wasn’t old enough
to be in my class.”


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(4)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=4>

Pre-date:
Tea-date:


<b>Unit 1: My friends </b>



<b>Week1:Period3: Speak + Listen</b>


<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


<b> - Giúp học sinh biết cách miêu tả hình dáng bên ngoài của một ngời qua</b>


việc làm quen nắm vững và mở rộng một số tính từ miêu tả hình dáng bên ngoài.
- Học sinh tếp tục luyện tập kĩ năng Nghe- Nói theo nhóm.


- Học sinh áp dụng cấu trúc vào để liên hệ miêu tả bạn bè và ngời thân.
<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>


<b> -ThÇy- Book,picture of the text. </b>
<b> -Trò Find new words</b>


<b>III,Tiến trình dạy-học :</b>
<b>1.Warm up: </b>
* Brain storming:


-Ask ps to think of the adjectives used to describe body build and hair
thin curly





* New lesson.


<b>Ts & Sts activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Pre-speaking</b>
- Write new words


- Review how to use the verb ‘to be’ and


‘to have’.


- Work in silence (2,<sub>)</sub>


<b>III. Speak:</b>


<b>1) Read the dialogue:</b>
<i>New words:</i>


blond (adj), curly (adj)
build (adj), bold (adj)


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(5)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=5>

- Work in pairs.
(6-8 pairs of Sts do )


-Some pairs of SS practice aloud.
-T corrects the mistakes.


* Word cues drill


a) he / tall / thin
b) she / short / slim
c) He / short / fat
d) Long / black
<b>3.While </b>


- Some pairs of Sts can describe about
their classmates.


* Pre-teach some phrases.


Explain how to use these phrases and
guide them to read.


<b>4.Post the lesson.</b>


<b>-Make model with two SS in the class.</b>
-Have ps read in silence all the phrases
given and the 4


open-dialogues in text book on page 12 and
13


- Sts guess how to complete
- Listen to the tape ( 3 times )
- St gives the answers.


- Listen again once more to correct.
<b>5.Home work:</b>



- Learn by heart adjectives.


- Guides how to prepare period 4
(Read)


straight (adj), dark (adj)
- to be : thi, la, (tả dáng vóc)
to have : co (tãc, da )


<b>2) Now take turns to make similar </b>
<b>dialogues-use the adj in the table:</b>


a) He is tall and thin
b) She is short and slim
c) He is short and fat
d) She has long black hair
Ex: P1: This person is tall and
<i> fat. He has curly hair.</i>
<i> P2: Is this Long ? </i>


P1: Yes.


<b>IV. Listen :</b>


1) I’d like you to meet
2) Nice to meet you
3) I’d like you to meet


4) It’s a pleasure to meet you .
5) Come and meet.



6) How do you do?


<b>-</b> Nice to meet you


<b>-</b> The pleasure is all mine


<b>-</b> How do you do ?


I’d like you to meet my teacher
* Answers:


1) I’d like to meet my cousin
2) Nice to meet you


3) I’d like you to meet


4) It’s a pleasure to meet you
5) How do you do


6) Come and meet


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(6)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=6>

Pre-date:
Tea-date:


<b>Unit 1: My friends</b>



Week2: Period 4: Read


<b>I.Môc tiªu;</b>





- HS tiếp tục mở rộng chủ đề về những ngời bạn,biết cách tả tích cách của
một ngời thơng qua các tính từ chỉ tính cách.


- Phát triển kĩ năng Đọc hiểu lấy thông tin áp dụng làm các bài tập theo thiết
kế sẵn của bài.


- Giáo dục học sinh biết quý tình bạn.
<b>II.Chuẩn bị</b>


<b>-</b> Thầy- books and notebooks.


<b>-</b> Trò- Find new words
<b>III.Tiến trình dạy- học</b>
<b>1.Warm up: 8:</b>


- Checking the old lesson by asking a pupil to write some vocabulary.
<b> *New lesson</b>


<b>T’s & S’ts activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Pre-reading:</b>


- Have ps read the words in chorus then
ask them to read again in front of the
class.


- Checking by rub out and remember
* T/F statements prediction:



<b>V. Read.</b>


* Vocabulary.


Character , Orphanage
Reserved, Sociable


Tell jokes, Sense of humor
* T/F


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(7)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=7>

+ Set the scene: These statements are
about Ba and his friends, read them and
guess which are true, which are false.
- Have ps practice in pairs.


Call some ps to give their answers.
- Write the answers on the board.


- Ask the to read the text then correct
the answers.


* Multiple choice:


- Have ps practice the exercise 1 on
page 14.


<b>3.While-deading:</b>


-Ask them to work in pairs to choose


the best answer.


a) Ba talks about ... of his friends.
b) Bao’s volunteer work...
c) Khai and Song ...


d) Ba’s friends sometimes...his jokes.
- Call some pairs to tell their answers
* Comprehension questions


Ask ps to work in pairs to do exercise 2
on page 14


a) How does Ba feel having a lot of
friends?


b) Who is the most sociable?
c) Who like reading?


d) What is a bad thing about Ba’s jokes?
e) Where does Bao spend his free time?
<b>4.Post-reading:</b>


+ Have ps practice in pairs- asking and
answering these questions.


<b>5.Homework : </b>


Ask ps learn by heart new words and
do exercise in text book



b) Ba and his friends have the same characters.
c) Bao – Song and Khai are quite reserved in
public.


d) They all enjoy school and study hard.
Guess Correct


a.
b.
c.
d.


F
F
F
T
1) Choose the best answer.


- A. three B. all C. four D. none
- A. helps him make friends.


B. cause problems at exam time.
C. does not effect his school work
D. takes up a lot of time.


- A. like quiet place C. dislike school


B. don’t talk in public D. enjoy sports
- A. answer B. do not listen to


C. laugh at D. get tired of
* Answer:


a) – A; b) – C ; c) – B ; d) – D
- Ps practice answering the questions.
a. He feel lucky having a lot of friends.
b. Bao is the most sociable


c. Khai likes reading.


d. His jokes sometimes annoy his friends.


e. Bao spends his free time doing volunteer work
at a local orphanage.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(8)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=8>

Pre-date:
Tea-date:


<b>Unit 1: My friends</b>



<b> Week2: Period 5 : Write</b>
<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Ôn lại cấu trúc ngữ oháp và từ vựng miêu tả hình dáng và tính cáh của
ai đó .


- Giúp học sinh phát triển kĩ năng Viết câu -đoạn văn để miêu tả ngời.
- Liên hệ thực tế giúp học sinh có hứng thú trong học tập.


<b>II.Chn bÞ; </b>



- ThÇy- text books and form.
- Trß Review the old lesson.
<b>III.Tiến trình dạy-học:</b>


<b>1.Warm up: </b>
<i><b>*Let Sts play a game: </b></i>


Net work: Have ps write adj about characters of man.


*New lesson


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Pre-writing.</b>


* Ask ps to read the information about
Tam then answer some questions.


<b>-</b> Have them work in pairs.


- Call some pairs to practice in front of
the class.


- Ask ps if they understand the text or
not


<b>VI. Read.</b>


1) Read the information about Tam.


a) P1. What his name?


P2. His name is Le Van Tam.
b) P1.How old is he?


P2. He is fourteen.


c) P1. What does he look like?
P2. He is tall and thin. He has
short black hair.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(9)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=9>

<b>3.While-writing.</b>


* Ask ps to write a similar form for
their partners. Use the following
questions as prompts.


a) What is his/her name?
b) How old is he/she?


c) What does he/she look like?
d) What is he/she like?


e) Where does he/she live?
f) Who does he/she live with?
g) Who is/ are his/her friend(s)?


- Call some ps to ask and answer these
questions in front of the class.



<b>4.Post-writing.</b>


* Have ps write a paragraph about one
of their partners using the form they’ve
made above.


-Call some ps to read in front of the
class.


<b>5.Homework. </b>


-Have ps write a similar paragraph
about one of their family members


P2. He is sociable, humorous
and helpful.


e) P1. Where does he live?


P2. He lives at Tran Hung Dao
street.


f) P1. Whom does he live with?


P2. He lives with his mother, father and elder
brother.


g) P1. Who is his friend?
P2. Ba and Bao



2) Fill in similar form for your partner.
<b>Name: ...</b>


<b>Appearance:</b>
<b>Character:</b>
<b>Address:</b>
<b>Family:</b>
<b>Friends:</b>


<b> Age: ...</b>
...
...
...
...
...
- Practice in pairs.


3) Now write a paragraph about your partner.
+ Sample:


This is my friend. His/her name is .... and he/she
is ... years old/ He/she ... at ... in ...
with his/her ..., his/her parents and his/her
... sister,... . He/she is ... and ... He/she
has ... black hair. He/she is rather shy but
friendly and helpful. He/she has a lot of friends
but his/her close friends are... and....


Listen & check your self



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(10)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=10>

Pre-date:
Tea-date:


<b>Unit 1: My friends</b>


<b>Week2:Period 6 : Language focus</b>
<b>I.Mơc tiªu:</b>


- Học sinh ôn lại cách miêu tả hình dáng, tính cách của ai đó dùng thì hiện
tại đơn,ơn lại thì q khứ đơn .


- VËn dơng cÊu tróc vµo thực hành làm bài tập thoe thiết kế trong sách.
- Häc sinh có ý thức ôn tập bài cũ


<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>


<b>-</b> Thầy-text books, cards and pictures.


<b>-</b> Trò - Review the old lesson
<b>III.Tiến trình d¹y-häc;</b>


<b>1.Warm up: </b>


* Brainstorming:


- Have ps write as many adjectives as they can write on the board
<b> *New lesson</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>



<b>2.Presentation.</b>


* Pre-teach vocabulary:
- Explain some new words:
- Guide ps to read carefully.
<b>3.Practice</b>


* Checking vocabulary by: ‘rub out
and remember’


- Have ps complete 2 paragraphs in
exercise 1 on page 16.


<b>VII. Language focus.</b>


<b>1. Vocabulary:</b>
- Planet


- Mars
- Mercury
- silly


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(11)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=11>

* Revision of simple present tense.
- Review simple present tense:
formation, usage.


- Have ps complete dialogue between
Ba and Tuan.



- Have ps complete dialogue 4 page
17.


- Explain how to use structure:
+ Is/am/are (not) adjectives enough...
Ex: I am not tall enough to play
volleyball.


<b>4.Further practice.</b>


Have ps look at picture 3 page 17.
Ask and answer the questions.


a) How many people are there in the
picture?


b) What does each person look like?
c) What is each person wearing?
<b>5.Homework.</b>


-Prepare Unit 2 carefully. Do all
exercises in workbook.


5. is ; 6. is


<b>4. Complete the dialogue. Use </b> <i>(not) adjective+</i>
<i>enough...</i>


a) No. It is not big enough to carry every thing.
b) Ba is not old enough to drive a car.



c) I am strong enough to lift this box.


d) I don’t think my English is good enough to
be a member.


<b>* Look and describe:</b>


a) There are 4 people in the picture.
b) Students’ answers


c) Students’ answers


*Do all exercises in workbook at home.


Pre-date:
Tea-date:


<b>Unit 2:Making arrangements</b>


<b>Week 3: Period 7 : - Getting started + Listen and read</b>
<b>I.Mơc tiªu:</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(12)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=12>

văn hoá giao tiếp qua điện thoại.


- Rèn luyện kĩ năng Nghe-Nói qua điện thoại.


- Gióp häc sinh ph¸t triển kĩ năng giao tiếp qua điện thoại.
<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>



-Thầy- book, chalk, picture.
- Trò- Find new words.


<b>III.Tiến trình dạy-học;</b>
<b>1.Warm up: </b>


*New lesson


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(13)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=13>

<b>2.Presentation.</b>


- Introduces the content of the lesson
? What will you say if you are the caller
? If you pick up the phone to answer it?
- Listen to the tape once


- Find new words
- Practice new words
*Note : -Structures


<i> -Retells how to use the present</i>
<i>continuous in future</i>


- Read following the tape ( twice)
- Read in pairs (2’)


<b>-</b> Some pairs read again


<b>-</b> T asks some yes/no questions about
Nga and Hoa



<i>- Ss work in silence to decide who did</i>
<i>there things (3’)</i>


<i>- Words in pairs. (each pair asks and</i>
<i>answers)</i>


<b>3.Practice:</b>


-T guides SS to do further exercise.
- Tick " T " or " F "


<b>4.Further- practice</b>


<b>5.Homework: </b>


- Have ps practice at home and prepare
new lesson.


<b>I. Getting started:</b>


<i>New words: </i>
- fax machine (n)
- Mobile phone (n)
- Telephone directory (n)


- Answering machine (n) = massage machine.


<b>II. Listen and read :</b>



<b>1, Practice the dialogue with a partner.</b>
<i>*New words :</i>


- Downstairs (adv)
- A bit (adj)
- Outside (adv)
- To make the call
- Introduce (v)
- Hold on


- Where is it on ?


- I’m using ... tonight
- Is 6.30 all right?


<b>2, Read the dialogue again . Decide who did</b>
<b>and said each of the following things.</b>


a) Nga made the call
b) Nga introduced herself


c) Nga invited the other to the movies
d) Nga arranged a meeting place.
e) Hoa arranged the time.


f) Nga agreed to the time


* Exercise : T or F<i><b>(on the big sheet of the</b></i>
<i><b>paper)</b></i>



<i><b>*Do them at home.</b></i>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(14)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=14>

<b>Unit 2</b>

:Making arrangements
<b>Week3:Period 8 </b>–<b> Speak + Listen</b>
<b>I,Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Học sinh tiếp tục chủ đề giao tiếp trên điện thoại tăng cờng cách dùng
một số cấu trúc mới có liên quan đến chủ đề bài học.


- Nâng cao kĩ năng Nghe- Nói theo cặp qua điện thoại để sắp xếp cuộc hẹn qua
qua diện thoại.


- Liªn hƯ thùc tế giúp học sinh yêu thích bộ môn học hơn.
<b> II.Chuẩn bị;</b>


<b>-Thầy- Book - Flashcards.</b>
-Trò - Prepare the lesson
<b>III.Tiến trình dạy-học;</b>
<b>1.Warm up: </b>
- Eliciting questions.


?How often do you make a telephone call, What for?
*New lesson


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Pre-Speaking</b>


- St retells how to make arrangement
- T introduces about the content of the


lesson


-Guides sts how to do


- Asks sts to read and do in silence (2’)
- Asks sts to come to the board and put
the sentences in order...


- Correct mistakes.


- Work in pair (2 pairs of sts read the
dialogue)


- Introduces.


- Asks sts to read open - dialogue .
<i>- Guides sts how to complete 3 difficult</i>
<i>sentences</i>


-Work in silence (2’)
- Sts complete .
- corrects mistakes.


<b>III, Speak :</b>


<b>1, Put the sentences below in the correct order</b>
<b>to make a complete conversation:</b>


1 - b 7 - e
2 - f 8 - k


3 - J 9 - g
4 - a 10 - h
5 - i 11 - d
6 - c


<b>2,Complete in the dialogue. Practice and</b>
<b>make similar arrangements.</b>


Hoa : Hello . 840 . 483


Nga : May I speak to Hoa, please.
This is Nga


Hoa : Hello Nga . How are you ?
Nga : I’m fine, thanks. And you ?
Hoa : Great. Me, too.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(15)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=15>

<b>3.While speaking</b>


<i>-Tguides how to make similar</i>
<i>arrangements by substitution.</i>


- Make similar arrangements (2 pairs of
Sts work)


a) Pre - Listening :


-T introduces about the lesson and
message.



- Gives new words .


<i>- Asks Sts to listen and answer these</i>
<i>questions</i>


b) While - Listening :


-Listen to the tape (3 time to get once
by once)


- Listen and answer
<i>- Listen and check .</i>
- Correct mistakes
- Fill in the card
c) Post - Listening :
Tick " T" or "F"
<b>4.Post-the lesson.</b>


- How to make arrangement
- Message.


<b>5.Home work </b>


Make similar dialogue (make
arrangement )


- Prepare ( Read)


Hoa : I’m sorry. I can’t . I’m going to do my
homework.



Nga: What about tomorrow night ?
Hoa: Yes, Tomorrow night is fine


<b>IV, Listening : </b>


Message (n)


- Who’s talking on the phone?
- What did she want to do?
- When?


- What’s telephone number?
Date: Time:
For : The principal


Message : Mrs. Mary Nguyen wanted to see
you at 9 . 45 in the morning .


Telephone number: 646 837 2094
* Exercise:


1, The principal called Mary Nguyen


2, Mary Nguyen wanted to see the principal in
the morning


3, Her telephone number is 646 837 094


* Practice at home



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(16)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=16>

<b>Unit 2</b>

:

<b>Making arrangements</b>


<b>Week3: Period 9 </b>–<b> Read</b>


<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Giúp học sinh tìm hiểu về phát minh của chiếc điện thoại và lịch sử
ph¸t triĨn cđa nã.


- Học sinh nâng cao kĩ năng Đọc hiểu lấy thông tin làm bài tập.
- Gióp häc sinh më réng hiĨu biết kiến thức xà hội.


<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>


-Thầy- Book,information about Alexander GrahamBell.
- Trò- -Find new words.


<b>III.Tiến trình dạy-học;</b>
<b>1.Warm up: </b>
<b> </b>


- Eliciting questions.


?Do you knowWho invented the Telephone?
?Do you want to know?


<b> *New lesson</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>



<b>2.Pre-reading;(picture)</b>
? Who’s it


? What did he invent
? When did he invent it


<b>-</b> listen to the tape ( twice)


<b>-</b> find new words


- Give meaning of new words
- Practice New words


- T explains how to do exercise 1,2


<b>3.While-reading</b>


- Sts read in silence (5’) to do exercise


<b>V. Read :</b>


<i>New words :</i>
- Emigrate (v)
- Deaf- mutes (n)


- Experiment ( n) cuộc thí nghịêm
-Transmit : truyền đi


- lead- led (v) : dẫn dắt, đa đến
- assistant (n)



- conduct (v)
- device (n)
- demonstrate (n)
- countless (adj)
- exhibition (n)


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(17)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=17>

1,2


-Sts give result.
- correct mistakes.
- T explains how to do.
- Sts work in silence (3’)
- Sts give result.


- Correct mistake


-T asks to read all the sentences in
exercise 1,2


<b>4.Post-reading.</b>


- T asks some questions about the content
of the lesson.


<b>5.Home work.</b>


- Learn by heart new words
- Read and translate the text



-Prepare write .(guides how to write).


b) F deaf-mutes at Boston University
c) T


d) F 1876


e) F over a long distance
( between)


f) T


<b>2.Put the events in the correct order</b>
1 - d Alexander was born in Scotland.
2 - e : He went to live in Canada


3 - a :He went to live in the United States


4 - g : He worked with people who could neither
speak nor hear.


5 - g : He worked with Thomas Watson


7 - b : He successfully demonstrated his
invention.


6 - f : He invented the telephone


*Listen & do all at home.



Pre-date:
Tea-date:


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(18)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=18>

Week 4 -Period 10 : Lesson 4 –<b> Write</b>
<b>I.Mơc tiªu:</b>


- Giúp Hs làm quen với cấu trúc và phong cách viết,từ vựng và các chủ đề thờng thấycủa một
lời nhắn in thoi .


- Hs luyện kỹ năng viết thông qua một lời nhắn điện thoại .
<b>II.Chuẩn bị:</b>


- G.v: Bảng phụ phần Game.
-Hs:xem trớc bài tra từ mới.
<b>III.Tiến trình dạy và häc:.</b>
<b>1</b>


<b> . Warm up : </b>


*Check the old lesson


(Write new words)


A student goes to the board to write the last words.
(Ps’ answers)


<b> *New lesson</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>



<b>2.Pre-writing.</b>



Ask Ps some questions:


? Have you taken a telephone message?
? When you take a message?


? What should be mentioned in the message?
+ Pre-teach some vocabulary:


* Checking by giving example
<b>3.While writing</b>


* Have Ps read the message and fill in the gaps
in the passage on page 23.


- Let Ps work in pairs.


* Ask Ps to read passage 2 on page 23 to get
information and write the message.


- Ask them to work individually.


- Call some Ps to read their messages again.
- Correct any mistakes if necessary.


*Write
<b>1. Vocabulary: </b>



- a customer ( a person who come to buy
something at a shop)


- delivery service
- stationery


- pick Sb up
<b>2. Gap fill</b>
* Text book:
* Answers:


1) phoned ; 2) May 12 ; 3) speak
4) took ; 5) name ; 6) delivery
7) Mr. Ha ; 8) At


* Answers:


Thanh Cong Delivery Service
Date: June 16


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(19)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=19>

<b>4.Post writing.</b>


+ Set the scene: “ Tom phoned Nancy, but she
was out. Lisa, Nancy’s sister took a message for
Nancy. Help Lisa to write a message.”


- Ask Ps to read the dialogue between Lisa and
Tom then write a message.


? Read in pairs before the class


? write a message


<b>5.Home work.</b>


-Have Ps write a message on their notebooks
-Ask them to do exercise in workbooks.


+ Message: Mr. Nam called about his
stationery order. He wanted you to call him
at 8634082.


Taken by Mr. Toan


<b>3. Work in groups to write another </b>
<b>message.</b>


* Answers:
Date: ( ...)
Time: ( ... )
For: Nancy


Message: Tom called about playing tennis
this afternoon. He will come over to pick
you up at 1.30.


Taken by: Lisa
-Write & do at home


Pre-date:
Tea-date:



<b>Unit 2</b>

: Making arrangements
Week 4- Period 11- Language focus
<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Giúp Hs ơn lại cách dùng thì tơng lai đơn giản với( be going to ) và trạng từ chỉ nơi chốn.
- Hs nâng cao kỹ năng làm bài tập theo cặp,đồng thời thành tho k nng phng vn,hon
thnh phiu cho sn.


<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>


<b>-</b> G.v:Bảng phụ phần Wordstorm.


<b>-</b> Hs: Tra từ mới.
<b>III.Tiến trình bài d¹y;</b>
1-Warm up:
* Wordstorm:


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(20)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=20>

<i><b>Thing to do</b></i>
* Possible answers.


- see a movie - play soccer
- watch TV - do home work
- meet friends - play chess


*New lesson


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Presentation:</b>


* Activity 1:


- Remind Ps how to use simple future tense.
? What do you say when Nga has a movie
ticket?


? How do you talk about your future plan?
- Have Ps do exercise 1 in pairs.


- Have Ps ask and answer to each other to
fill the form in exercise 2.


* Activity 2


- Ask Ps to make a form on their notebooks
then practice.


<b>3.Practice.</b>


- Let Ps practice in pairs.


- Call a pupils to practice in front of the
class ( open pair )


* Sample:


T: Are you going to see a movie?
P: Yes I am.


T Are you going to meet your friends?


P: No, I am not


* Activity 3


* Explain meaning of some prepositions
- Have Ps complete exercise 3 in text book.


1.Work with a partner. Say what people are
going to do.


* Future with “<i>be going to..</i>”
Form: ... is/am/are going to + V..
E.g. She is going to see a movie.
a) They are going (to go) fishing.
b) She is going to read the new novel.


c) She is going to do her home work in Math.
d) She is going to watch an action movie on
TV to night.


e. She is going to give him a birthday present.
2. Complete the list.


a. Complete about you.


What are you going to do on the
weekend?


Are you going to.. You



Your
partner
see a movie


play sports


meet your friends?
help your parents?
do your homework?
watch TV?


b. Complete about your partner.


3. Complete the speed bubbles. Use each
adverb in the box.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(21)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=21>

<b>4.Production.</b>


Repeation prepositions in pairs


<b>5.Homework.</b>


- Ask Ps to prepare new lesson: Unit 3 - At
home. Have them name some chores at
home


b) No, he isn’t here


c) He isn’t downstairs and he isn’t upstairs.
d) Perhaps he is outside.



e) No. He isn’t there.


f) I’m not outside. I’m inside, Ba


- Prepare new lesson: Unit3- At home. Have
them name some chores at home


Pre-date:


Tea-date:

<b>Unit 3</b>

: At home


<i><b>Week 4 - Period 12</b></i>: Getting started –<b> Listen and read</b>
<b>I.Mơc tiªu:</b>


- Giúp Hs tiếp tục mở rộng chủ đề công việc thờng làm ở nhà,sử dụng thì hiện tại đơn,tơng
lai đơn, các động từ đặc biệt hay cá đại từ phản thân.


- Nâng cao kỹ năng miêu tả tranh,nắm vững các động từ tình thái trong bài .
<b>II.Chuẩn bị :</b>


- G.v: Bảng phụ phần từ vựng.
- Hs:Tra từ mới.


III Tiến trình dạy và học
1.Warm up


* Have Ps look at the 6 pictures in textbook and describe each one.


<b>-</b> Call some sts to go to the board and write



<b>-</b> Give remarks


<b> *New lesson </b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Presentation.</b>


*Activity 1:



- Pictures in the textbook.


- Ask sts to look and describe



<b>I.Getting started.</b>


* Possible answers:


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(22)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=22>

* Activity 2:


- Pre- teach some vocabulary:
- Write some vocabulary on the bb.
- Explain the meaning of words.
- Guide Ps to read.


- Explain how to use modal verb:
<i><b>- Have to/ has to/ must + V</b></i>


<b>3.Practice:</b>


- Have Ps work in pair to read the dialogue in


pairs.


- Call some pairs to practice in front of the
class.


- Have Ps read the dialogue again then
complete the list of things Nam has to do.


- Have Ps work in groups to make up
sentences using HAVE TO/HAS TO with the
picture cues drill in part I- Getting started.
- Call some Ps to practice in front of the class.
<b>5.Homework: </b>


- Have Ps to learn by heart new words and
prepare new lesson. <i><b>Part - Speak.</b></i>


f) feed the chicken.


<b>II. Listen and read.</b>


<b>1) Vocabulary:</b>


- a steamer - chore
- a cup board - a sink
- a sauce pan - frying pan
- rice cooker - stove
* New structure:


<i>+ Have/has to + V = Must + V...</i>


<i>( Phải làm gì ... )</i>
Ex. What do you have to do?
I must do my homework
I have to do the washing up


<b>2) Practice the dialogue with a partner.</b>
+ 2-3 times


<b>3) Read the dialogue a gain. Complete the</b>
<b>list of things Nam has to do.</b>


- cook dinner


<i>- go to the market to buy fish and vegetables</i>
<i>- call his aunt, Mrs. Chi and ask her to meet</i>
<i>his mother at grandma’s house.</i>


a) She has to do the washing up.
b) She has to make the bed.
c) She has to sweep the floor.
d) She has to cook dinner.
e) I have to tidy my room.
f) She has to feed the chicken.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(23)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=23>

Pre-date:
Tea-date:


<b>Unit 3</b>

:

<b>At home</b>



<b> Week 5 - Period 13</b>–<b> Speak</b>


<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Trong tiết học này học sinh phát triển kĩ năng quan sát tranh và sử dụng giới
từ đã học áp dụng vào thực hành miêu tả vị trớ ca vt.


- Nâng cao kĩ năng Nghe Nói cho học sinh qua thiết kế của bài.


- Giáo dục học sinh tính gọn gành ngăn nắp ở nhà cũng nh trong học tập
<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>


<b>-</b> Thầy- Book, pictures, a chart.


<b>-</b> Trò Fore see the new lesson.
<b>III.Tiến trình dạy - häc;</b>


1.Warm up: 8:
* Brainstorm:


- Have Ps write as many words as they can about thing in the kitchen.
- Call some Ps to write on the board.




<b> *New lesson.</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Pre-Speakimg.</b>


- Pre teach some new words:


<b>3.While-Speaking.</b>


-Ask Ps to practice asking and
answering about things in the picture.
? Where is the clock?/ the fruit?/ the
flowers? ....


<b>III. Speak.</b>


<b>1.New words:</b>


- rug - dish jack
- cushion - lighting fixture
- counter ( bàn nấu ăn )


<b>2.Look at the picture and describe the position</b>
<b>of each item.</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(24)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=24>

- Notice Ps some prepositions of place:
In, on, under, above, next to, ...


<b>4.Post- Speaking.</b>


- Let Ps practice in pairs.


- Call some Ps to describe the items in
the kitchen again.


- Ask Ps to look at the picture and talk
about their ideas in pairs.



<b>5.Homework: </b>


- Have Ps write a short paragraph to
describe about their bedroom.


+ P1: Where is the cupboard?


P2: It is on the wall, above the counter.
+ P1: Where are the knives?


P2: They are on the wall, under the cupboard.
* The calendar is on the wall, above the stove. The
knives are on the wall, under the cupboard.


<b>3.Arrange the items in the picture.</b>
Sample:


<i>P1: Let’s put the clock on the wall, between the shelf</i>
<i>and the picture.</i>


<i>P2: OK, I think we ought to put the TV and the stereo</i>
<i>on the shelf.</i>


<i>P3: I think the coffee table should be between the</i>
<i>couch and the arm-chair.</i>


<i>P4: Let’s put the telephone next to the couch.</i>


<i>P5: I think we should put the magazines above the</i>


<i>books on the shelves.</i>


<i>P6: I think the shelves ought to be at one of the</i>
<i>corners, opposite the couch.</i>


-Listen and do all at home carefully


Pre-date:
Tea-date:


<b>Unit 3</b>

: At home


<i><b>Week 5- Period 14</b></i>: Listen + Language focus 3
<b>I.Môc tiªu;</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(25)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=25>

- Học sinh áp dụng tự làm bữa ăn sáng cho cả GĐ.
<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>


<b>-</b> Thầy - Book, picture.


<b>-</b> Trò Find out the new words.
<b>III.Tiến trình dạy- häc;</b>


<b>1.Warm up: </b>
* Brainstorm:


- Have Ps write about the food they know and like to eat.
*New lesson.


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>



<b>2.Pre-listening</b>


- Pre teach some vocabulary:


* Set the scene: You are going to cook
“a special Chinese fried rice”.


<b>3.While-listening.</b>


- Have Ps listen to the tape and choose
the right answers.


* Set the scene: Hoa is very sad


because she failed her English test.
What do you say to advice her?


<b>4.Post-listening.</b>


-Ask Sts to retell the ways to cook “a
<i>special Chinese fried rice” </i>


<b>* Set the scene: Hoa is very sad </b>


because she failed her English test.
What do you say to advice her?


<b>IV. Listen</b>



<b>1) New words:</b>


- special - green pepper
- fried rice - garlic.


<b>2) Look at the picture. Check the right items</b>
* Answers:


a) Fried rice
b) Pan


c) garlic and green peppers
d) ham and peas


- Think it over and try to retell about it before the
class.


- You should study harder


<b>*Language focus</b>


<b>3. Use: </b><i><b>Ought to</b></i><b> and </b><i><b>should</b></i><b> is used to give</b>
<b>advice to someone.</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(26)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=26>

- Explain the use of “<i>should</i>” and “<i>ought</i>
<i>to”</i>


<b>-</b> Ask Ps to give advice to the people in
the pictures page 35



<b>-</b> Ask them to work in pairs.


* Have Ps work in groups to give advice
to these situations.


1. His tooth/ ache


2. Bao/ overweight


3. the floor/ dirty
4. She/ thin
<b>5.Homework. </b>


- Have Ps do exercise at home and
prepare reading skill.


* Answers:
b) P1: I am late:


P2: You ought to get up early.
c) P1: I am fat.


P2: You ought to eat more fruit and vegetables.
d) P1: My tooth aches.


P2: You ought to see a dentist.
* Possible answers:


1. P1: His tooth aches.



P2: He ought to go to the dentist’s.
2. P1: Bao is overweight.


P2: He ought to eat less meat and do exercise
more often.


3. P1: The floor is dirty.
P2: You ought to clean it.
4. P1: She is thin.


P2: She ought to eat more


- Listen to the teacher & do it at home well.


Pre-date:


Tea-date:

<b>Unit 3 :</b>

<b>At home</b>



<i><b>Week 5 - Period 15</b></i>

:

<b> Read</b>


<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Trong tiết hoc này giúp học sinh hiểu đợc nội dung bài đọc từ đó biết
liên hệ với gia đình và giúp cả nhà cách phịng ngừa tai nạn tại nhà.


- Giúp học sinh phát triển kĩ năng đọc hiểu lấy thông tin áp dụng vào làm các
bài tập thiết kế trong sách.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(27)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=27>

<b>-</b> Thầy-Book & Situations .


<i><b>-</b></i> Trò Fore see the lesson.


<b>III.Tiến trình d¹y-häc;</b>
1.Warm up:
*Brainstorm:


<b>-</b> Have Ps write some preposition of place: roads - kitchen ...


<b>-</b> Call Ps to write on the board


<b> *New lesson</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Pre-reading.</b>


* Pre- teach some new words.


<b>-</b> Explain the meaning of new words.


<b>-</b> Guide Ps to read in chorus.


<b>-</b> Call Ps to read again.


+ Checking by rub out and remember.
- Have Ps read the statements and
guess which is true and which is false.


<b>3.While- reading</b>


- Ask Ps to read the poster “Safety
precaution” and check their prediction.


- Ask Ps to correct mistakes if
necessary


- Ask Ps to work in pairs to find out the
answers of these questions.


*Explaination.


<b>4.Post-reading.</b>


Ask Ps to work in groups, discussing


<b>V. Read</b><i><b>.</b></i>


<i><b>* New words:</b></i>


- precaution ( translation )
- a socket ( realia )


- a match ( realia )
- an object ( translation )
- safety ( adjective)
- to destroy ( translation )
- to injure ( picture )


* T/F statements prediction.
* Poster


<b>Guess</b> <b>Correct</b>



a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.


<b>F</b>
<b>T</b>
<b>F</b>
<b>F</b>
<b>T</b>
<b>T</b>
<i><b>2. Comprehension questions.</b></i>
+ Possible answers:


a. Because children often try to eat and drink them.
b. Because the kitchen is a dangerous place.


c. Because playing with one match can cause the
fire.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(28)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=28>

about the topic : Safety precaution in
the street and at the school.


<b>5.Homework.</b>


- Ask Ps to practice in Why questions
with because-answer by doing the
exercise language focus 4



electrical sockets and electricity can kill.


e. Because the dangerous objects can injure or kill
children.


* Discussion.


+ Safety precautions in the street.


+ Safety precautions at school* Remember to do at
home.


- Remember to do all at home well.
Pre-date:


Tea-date:


<b>Unit 3 : </b>

<b>At home</b>


<b>Week6-Period 16- Write</b>


<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Trong tiết học này học sinh có cơ hội áp dụng kiến thức đã học và từ
vựng trong bài vào thực hành bài viết để miêu tả.


- Học sinh phát triển kĩ năng viết là chủ yếu để nâng cao kĩ năng viết.
- Học sinh có đợc liien hệ thực tế vào cuộc sống sinh hoạt hằng ngày
từ đó giáo dục tính gọn gàng ngăn nắp


<b>III.ChuÈn bÞ;</b>



- ThÇy - Sts’ book, picture.


- Trß – Fore see the text & new words.
<b>IV.Tiến trình dạy-học;</b>


1.Warm up:


<b> - Chatting: Ask something about the room on page 32</b>
? Which room is this?


? What is this? Where is this? St’s answers


<b> *New lesson</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>.Pre- writing:</b>


- Explain new words.


- Guide Ps to read in chorus.


- Call some Ps to read again on front
of the class.


<b>VI. Write.</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(29)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=29>

* Checking by rubout and remember.


- Ask Ps to read the description of
Hoa’s room.


-Have a check St’s answers.


a.What is there on the left of the
room?


b. Where is the bookshelf?


c. a. What is there on the right side of
the room?


d. Where is the wardrobe?
<b>3.While-writing</b>


-Have Ps work in groups to write the
description of the kitchen on page 33.
- Have Ps share their answer with their
partners.


<b>4.Production</b>


- Call some Ps to read their answer in
- Correct mistakes if necessary


*Have Ps talk to their partners about
their room/living room/kitchen...


<b>5.Homework . </b>



- Ask Ps to write a description about
their bed room/living room


- dish rack


- lighting fixture


<i><b>2. Read the description of Hoa</b><b>’</b><b>s room.</b></i>
Possible answers:


a. There is a desk on the left of the room.
b. The bookshelf is above the desk.


c. There is a window on the right side of the room
d. The wardrobe is beside the window and
opposite the desk.


<i><b>3. Now write a description of this kitchen</b></i>.
<b>* Answerkeys</b>


<i>This is Hoa’s kitchen.</i>


<i>There is a refrigerator in the right corner of the</i>
<i>room. Next to the refrigerator are the stove and</i>
<i>the oven. On the other side of the oven, there is a</i>
<i>sink and next to the sink is a towel rack. The dish</i>
<i>rack standing on the counter, on the side of the</i>
<i>window and beneath the shelves. On the shelves</i>
<i>and on the counter beneath the window, there are</i>


<i>jars of sugar, flour and tea. IN the middle of the</i>
<i>kitchen, there are a table and four chairs. The</i>
<i>lighting fixture is above the table and directly</i>
<i>beneath the lighting fixture is a vase with flowers.</i>
<i>- Practice writing about their room at home.</i>
- Listen &remember to write at home


Pre-date:


Tea-date:


<b> </b>

<b>Unit 3</b>

:

<b>At home</b>



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(30)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=30>

- Trong tiÕt häc nµy häc sinh có cơ hội thực hành với Modal verbs và ¸p
dông vào thực hành theo tình huống cụ thể.


- Học sinh phát triển kĩ năng Nãi-ViÕt lµ chđ u trong thùc hµnh giao tiÕp.
- Ap dơng cơ thĨ vµo thực hành giúp học sinh có hứng thú học hơn.


<b>II.Chuẩn bị; </b>


<b>-</b> Thầy- Situations with Must, Can, Cant, Why? Because.


<b>-</b> Trò- Fore see the new lesson.
<b>III.Tiến trình dạy-học;</b>


<b>1.Warm up: </b>
* Brain storming.


Why? – Because



<b>-</b> Have Ps to look at the pictures and complete the dialogue using the words
in the box.


<b> *New lesson</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Presentation</b>


*Today,We have achance to review
some modal verbs & apply them.


? How do you use them?


<b>3.Practice</b>


- Have Ps to look at the pictures and
complete the dialogue using the words
in the box with modal verbs.


- Ask Ps to work in pairs topractice
asking and answering about each
person in the pictures.


- Call some pairs to practice in front of
the class.


- Ask Ps to practice in pair to ask &
answer one by one.



* Listen & think to answer the question over
3.See the picture. Complete the dialogue<i><b>.</b></i>


<i>* Answer keys:</i>


1. must tidy 2. have to dust
3. must sweep 4. have to clean
5. must empty 6. must feed


<b>3. Use: </b><i><b>Ought to</b></i><b> and </b><i><b>should</b></i><b> is used to give advice</b>
<b>to someone.</b>


Form: Should/ought to + V...
<i><b>* Answers:</b></i>


b) P1: I am late:


P2: You ought to get up early.
c) P1: I am fat.


P2: You ought to eat more fruit and vegetables.
<b>4.Work with a partner. Using </b><i><b>Why</b></i><b> and </b><i><b>Because</b></i>
a) P1: Why did Nam have to cook dinner?


P2: Because his mother was home late.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(31)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=31>

- Give some word cues.
E.g:



+ Nam/ tired


+ Nga/ go to school late
+ Ba / gets bed marks.
<b>4.Production</b>


- Ask Ps to tell the differences betwen
the modal verbs in the lesson


<b>5. Homework:</b>


- Ask Ps to practice at home and study
for the next test


P2: Because she had to come to see his grandmother.
She was tired.


c) P1: Why did Ha fail her English exam?


P2: Because she didn’t learn for her exam. She play
the computer games.


<b>-</b> Think & try to speak out before the class.


<b>-</b> Other listen & try to learn by heart


- Review the lesson carefully fore test


Pre-date:



Tea-date:


<b>Week 6 - Period 18</b>


<b> Ôn tËp & cđng cè</b>
<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


<b>- Trong tiết học này giúp các em ôn tập lại kiến thức cơ bản,Grammar</b>
của 3 đơn vị bài đã học giúp các em ôn tập tốt để làm bài kim tra.


<b>-</b> Qua tiêt ôn tập giúp các em phát triển khả năng t duy logical


<b>-</b> Hc sinh cú thúi quen hệ thống lại nội dung kiến thức đã học.
<b>II.Chuẩn b;</b>


<b>-</b> Thầy- Contents of the lesson.


<b>-</b> Trò- Review all gammar of 3units
<b>III.Tiến trình dạy-học;</b>


<b>1.Warm up: 8</b>


<b> *New lesson</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Presentation</b>


? Retell the main grammar of unit
1,2,3



? The use and form of the tense.


<i><b>I. Present simple tense</b></i>
- <i><b>Use</b></i>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(32)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=32>

? The position of adverbs?
*Activity1


? Repent the use form of tense
? Make sentences


? The use of it
? Give examples


<b>3.Practice</b>


? Make sentence


? Repeat the use of must, have to,
ought to


- Correct. If necessary
? play lucky number
(in 4 groups)
<b>*Activity2</b>


- Have Ps read in chorus.


<b>4.Production</b>



- Ask ps to retell all the contents of
the lesson.


<b>5.Homework.</b>


<i><b>-</b></i> Ask Ps to study harder for the next


<b>-</b> E.g.: I am a teacher.
She plays soccer


Adverbs: always, often….
<i><b>II. Past simple tense</b></i>


- use


form: S+ v- past + (o)


E.g.: I was at home yesterday evening
She went to HCM city last year


- Adverbs: last, ago, yesterday…
<i><b>III. Enough:</b></i>


- Before nouns & after adjectives


-E.g.: there are enough chairs for us to sit
- The tea is cold enough to drink.


<i><b>IV. Be going to:</b></i>



- For intention and prediction


- E.g.: we are going to have a day off next week
- The wind is strong the door is going to slam.
<i><b>V. Modal verbs:</b></i>


- must/ have to for obligation
- ought to for advice


<i><b>VI. Reflexive pronoun:</b></i>
I - myself


You - yourself/yourselves
We - ourselves


They - themselves
She - herself
He - himself
It - it’self


- One speak out aloud before the class. Others
listen & correct your self if needed.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(33)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=33>

exam.


Pre-date:...
Tea-date:


<b>Period 19 - Week 6 : WRITTEN TEST No 1</b>




<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Trong tiết kiểm tra nhằm đánh giá đợc kết quả học tập của học sinh
để từ đó có những điều chỉnh bổ sung kịp thời.Cũng qua bài kiểm tra
sẽ tìm ra những em có năng khiếu để bồi dỡng và phụ đạo các em yếu
kém kịp thời.


- Qua bài kiểm tra giáo dục các em tính tự giác tự lập trong học tập.
- Mục tiêu đề ra là 68% học sinh đạt từ TB trở lên trong đó 30% khá,Giỏi.


<b>II.ChuÈn bÞ;</b>


- Gv-Ra đề kiểm tra-đáp án- thang điểm.
- Hs- Ơn bài chu đáo bút tốt.


<b>III.TiÕn tr×nh kiĨm tra;</b>
<b>1.Warm up: 8</b>


<b>Ma trËn </b>



<b>Tªn chđ</b>


<b>đề</b> <b>Nội dung cần kiểm tra</b>


<b>NhËn biÕt</b>


<b>45%</b> <b>Th«ng hiĨu35%</b>


<b>VËn dơng</b>



20%
Cấp độ Cấp độ
thập cao


Cộng
100%


<b>Pronunci</b>


<b>ation</b>



<b>Multiple </b>
<b>choice.</b>


Số câu


Số điểm Số câu:4Số điểm:2


(20%)


<b>Reading</b>



1.Answer
the


questions


Famous person Số câu


2



Số điểm


1 Số câu2


Số điểm 1


Số câu:4
Số điểm:2


(20%)


<b>Language</b>
<b>focus</b>


1.Multiple
choice
2.put the
verb in the
correct
tense


Vocabs:verbs,nouns,preps
,reflextive pronouns,adj
+enough +to- inf


Grammar:-Present simple
-Past simple
-Future simple



Số câu
6


Số điểm
1,5


Số câu
5
Số
điểm:2,5


Số câu:11
Số điểm:4


(40%)


<b>Writing</b>



<b>Write a </b>


Write about your friend Số


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(34)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=34>

<b> * Nội dung kiểm tra</b>


<b>I Pronunciation(2điểm)</b>



1.Khoanh tròn vào từ có cách phiên âm khác với các từ còn lại


1. A. agree B.arrange C.annoy D.arm


2. A. character B.stationary C.match D.transmit


3. A. orphanage B.object C.cofee D.chore


4. A. seem B.agree C.Week D.volunteer



<b>II Reading(2điểm)</b>



<b>Đọc đoạn văn sau và trả lêi c©u hái</b>



<b>Famous person</b>



On March 3, 1847,Alexander Graham Bell was born in Edibgburgh he later



emigrated first to Canada and then to the USA in the 1870.In America,he worked


with deaf;mutes at Boston University .Soon,Bell stared experimentingwith ways of


transmiting speech over a long distance.this led to the invention of the telephone.


<b>Answer the questions:</b>



1.When was he born?



………



2.When did he come to the USA?



………



3.How many countries did he go to?



..



………



4.What was his job?



………




<b>III.Langguage focus (4®iĨm)</b>



<b>1. Khoanh trịn vào đáp án đúng nhất trong số A ,B, C, D để hoàn thành các </b>


<b>câu sau đây(1,5pts)</b>



<i><b> 1.The weather is warm enough for us</b></i>

<i><b>………</b></i>

<i><b>.</b></i>



<i><b>A.going out B.to going out C.to go out D.go out</b></i>


<i><b> 2. The opposite of reserved is</b></i>

<i><b>“</b></i>

<i><b>” ……</b></i>

<i><b>.</b></i>



<i><b>A.helpful B.kind C.generous D.sociable</b></i>


<i><b> 3. I ll come over to pick you </b></i>

<i><b>’</b></i>

<i><b>………</b></i>

<i><b>.this evening.</b></i>



<i><b>A. to B.up C.on D.out </b></i>


<i><b>4.Bill:"</b></i>

<i><b>……… ’’</b></i>

<i><b>..</b></i>



<i><b> Peter:"He is tall and thin with blue eyes</b></i>

<i><b>’’</b></i>



<i><b>A.Who does Tom look like? C.How is Tom doing ?</b></i>


<i><b>B.What does Tom look like? D.What does Tom like ?</b></i>


<i><b>5.He was very surprised when he look at </b></i>

<i><b>………</b></i>

<i><b>.in the mirror.</b></i>


<i><b>A.himself B.Hisself C.herself D.themselves </b></i>



6. He is not ...to get married.



A. old

B. enough old

C. old enough

D. enough



<b>IV.Chia dạng đúng của các động từ trong ngoặc trong các câu sau đây:(2.5</b>

<b>đ</b>

<b>)</b>


1.I (receive)

………

.. a letter from my friend last week.




2. The Sun ( rise)

………

in the East and (set)

…………

.in the west .


3.Lan has a movie ticket.



She (see)

………

..a movie to night.



4. Lan lived in Hue last year, but now she ( live )

………

.in Hanoi.


5.Miss Trang is in the hospital.



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(35)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=35>

<b>IV.Write(2®iĨm)</b>



<b>ViÕt một đoạn văn miêu tả một ngời bạn của em, kho¶ng 50-70 tõ</b>


1.What is his / her name?



2.How old is he/she?



3.where does he /she live?


4.Who does he/she live with?


5.Who is/are his /her friend(s)?



Pre-date:...
Tea-date:


<b>Unit 4</b>

- Our past



<b>Week 6 - Period 20:</b>

<b>Getting started - Listen and read</b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


-Hs cã thĨ nãi vỊ sù kiƯn trong qu¸ khø.



-Phân biệt đợc sự khác nhau giữa fact và opinion.
<b>- Vocabulary: great, grandma, light</b>


-Grammar: - present simple tense ; used to


-Rèn kỹ năng khai thác tranh, kỹ năng đọc hiểu lấy thông tin và trả lời câu hỏi.
<b>II.Chuẩn b;</b>


<b>-</b> Thầy- Contents of the lesson.


<b>-</b> Trò- fore see new lesson.


<b>-</b> <b>III.Tiến trình dạy-học;</b>
<b>1.Warm up: 8</b>


? write the name of things that do not belong to past.
*Brainstorm.


<b>……….</b>


<b> *New lesson.</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Presentation</b>


Read & explain new words


? Read follow


? Read one by one
- Correct if necessary
<b>3.Practice.</b>


<b>- Ask Ps to practice the dialogue in </b>
pairs.


? ask & answer in pairs
correct


<b>I. getting started</b>


* A list of the things that not belong to the past .
Television


Lighting fixture
Shirt


Long dress
Mobile phone


<b>II. listen & read</b>


<b>a. New words:</b>


- used to (v) infinitive
- great- grandma (n)
- modern (a)


- light (v)


- folktale (n)
<b>2. Practice</b>


<b>3. Ask and answer</b>


a. P1: Where did Nga’s grand- mother use to
live?


P2: She used to live on a farm
b. P1: Why didn’t she go to school?


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(36)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=36>

- Guide Ss to do


- Call some pairs to practice in front of
the class.


Check mistakes if necessary.


Have Ps complete the answers in their
books.


<b>4.Production. </b>
? Fact or opinion


? make sentences with past simple
tense, used, used to


? Repeat the use P-S-T
<b>5.Home work.</b>



c. P1: What did Nga’s grand mother use to do?
P2: She used to cook the meals, clean the house
wash the clothes.


d. What did Nga’s grandmother and
great-grand father do after dinner?


P2: Her great – grand mother used to light the
lamp & her grand father used to tell the stories.
e. P1: What did Nga ask her grand mother to do
at the end of the conversation?


P2: She asked her grand mother to tell her the
tale “ the lost shoe”


<b>4. Fact or opinion</b>
E.g.: F: this flower is red


O: It is the most beautiful flower
I’ve ever seen


F: I ate those cakes
O: I don’t like pork
a. F d. F
b. F e. O
c. F f. O
-Learn by heart new words.


Fore see speak & Language focus 4.
Pre-date:...



Tea-date:


<i><b>Week 7 Period 21</b></i> :

Correct the test No 1


<b>I.Muc tiªu;</b>


- Giúp Hs chỉ ra những lỗi sai cơ bản mà các em thờng hay mắc phải đồng thời giúp các em
phát hiện lỗi sai của bản thân, của ban mình và cách sửa sai phự hp.


- Rèn kỹ năng tìm và sửa lỗi sai .
- RÌn ý thøc tù gi¸c trong häc tËp .
<b>II.ChuÈn bÞ;</b>


- Gv:Mét sè bµi kiĨm tra tèt, cha tèt.
- Hs: xem trớc bài.


III.Tiến trình dạy vµ häc;
<b>1.Warm up; 8</b>
<b>* Chatting.</b>


( Some students may sing some songs)


<b>2-Common mistakes.</b>


- The form of the present simple tense .the structure with (enough….. to do smt)
Eg/He is not old enough to get married (without -To)


-The verbs tobe is used not correctly with it’s subject
-The comparative structures



Eg/He is the taller …. ( tallest)


The form of the verbs ( present, present continuous, past simple tense..)
-Dictation of writing and form.


3.<b>a. Pull out experiences</b> .


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(37)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=37>

- Give more clear introduction next time.


- Give more kinds of exercises to make students get more similar with them.


<b>4.Direction of giving marks</b>


-No need to change the marks


<b>5.Conclusion:</b>


Giái Kh¸ T.b Ỹu KÐm


0 3 9 19 5


Pre-date:
Tea-date:


<b>Unit 4</b>

-

<b>Our past</b>



<b>Period 22-Week 8- Speak - Language focus 4</b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>



-Hs cã thể nói về sự khác nhau giữa cuộc sèng hiƯn nay víi cc sèng trong qu¸ khø sư dông
(Use to)


<b>- Vocabulary: traditional clothes, modern clothes, …</b>
-Grammar: - present simple tense ; used to


-Rèn kỹ năng khai thác tranh, kỹ năng noí cá nhân và thực hành hỏi đáp theo cặp.
<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>


<b>-</b> ThÇy- Contents of the lesson.


<b>-</b> Trò- fore see new lesson.
<b>III.Tiến trình dạy-học;</b>
<b>1.Warm up: </b>
<b>Question & Answer</b>


? What is the fist picture used to describe about?
? What about the second picture?


? Is there the difference between


the life in the past the life in the present?


*Talk about the way things used to be the way they are now
<b> * New lesson</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Presentation</b>



? Look at the picture describe
(work in pairs)


correct


? Work in pairs


<b>I. Speak</b>


<b>1.Work with a partner</b>


- People used to live in small houses. Now the
live in big houses, buildings


<b>*Suggested words</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(38)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=38>

<b>3.Practice.</b>


-Help students to speak using picture and
suggested words given.


<b>4.Production.</b>


? Check some Ps – correct


? Tell the habit in the past of our partner
-T remined


-T asks SS to complete the dialogue.
-SS work in pairs.



-Some pairs of SS practice aloud before
class.


-T gives the answer key.
<b>5.Home work. </b>


-Learn by heart all the vocabulary above,
-Do exercise 3, 4, 5 page 28,29 in
workbook.


-work on the farm work at office
-play in the road play in the park…..
<b>*Model sntences.</b>


- People used to walk. New they can go by car
or motorbikes.


- There wasn’t electricity everywhere.
Ect …


<b>-Ask students to talk the similar</b>


<b>2.Tell about the things you used to do last</b>
<b>year.</b>


*Free -speaking


- Last year I used to...



<b>II.Language focus 4- Look at the pictures.</b>
<b>Complete the dialogue. </b>


<b>Use </b><i><b>used to</b></i><b> and the verbs in the box.</b>
(+) S +used to +V infinitive.


(-)S + didn’t use to + V infinitive


* Used to diễn tả HĐ thờng xuyên hoặc đã
từng xảy ra trong quá khứ và ko còn ở hiện
tại.


<i><b>* Answer keys</b></i>


1/I used to have long hair.


2/She used to be my next-door neighbor.
3/They used to live in Hue, too


Ect…..
-Listen then copy


-Remember to do the work at home.


Pre-date:
Tea-date


<b>Unit 4</b>

-

<b>Our past</b>



<b>Period 23 -Week 8-Listen - Language focus 1,2,3.</b>




<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


-Hs ơn lại thì q khứ đơn, giới từ chỉ thời gian và thông qua phần nghe Hs làm quen với một
câu chuyện cổ tích với bài học đạo đức sâu sắc về lịng tham của con ngời trong cuộc sống.
<b>- Vocabulary: foolish,greedy,gold,cut open….</b>


-Grammar: past simple tense ; used to,prepositions of time.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(39)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=39>

<b>-</b> Thầy- Contents of the lesson.


<b>-</b> Trò- fore see new lesson.
<b>III.Tiến trình dạy-học;</b>
<b>1.Warm up: </b>
*Check the old lesson.


1 student write 5 new words.


<b> * New lesson.</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Presentation.</b>


? Do you know the table “a gold egg’’
? Tell sth about it?


- Give out some new words & explain
? Read after in chorus



? Read one by one
<b>3.Practice.</b>


? Listen catch information
? Tick- correct


? Read the sentences, choose best one
T writes some verbs on the board.


-SS find out the irregular verbs in the
simple past.(SS work in pairs).


<b>4.Production.</b>


-Some SS write the verbs on the board.
-T corrects the mistakes.


-T gives some verbs to SS.


-T asks SS to look at past 2 and guide SS


<b>I- Listen</b>


<b>1.New words</b>


moral (a) thuộc về đạo đức
lay (v)


sell (v)
discover (v)


excitedly (adv)
rich (a)


amazement (n)
decide (v)
death (n)


foolish (a) ngu ngèc
greedy (a) tham lam
<b>2.T/F - statements</b>


a. A farmer lived a comfortable life will his
family.


b. One day, one of his chickens laid a gold egg
c. His five wanted more


d. She at open the chicken to find more gold
eggs.


e. There weren’t any gold egg while the chickens
were dead


<b>3. Choose the most suitable moral lesson</b>
- Don’t be foolish & greedy


<b>II- Language focus:</b>


<b>1.</b> Write the past simple form of each verbs:
<b>a.</b> Run - ran



<b>b.</b> fly - flew
<b>c.</b> take - took
<b>d.</b> go - went
<b>e.</b> have - has
<b>f.</b> do - did


<b>g.</b> be - was/
<b>were</b>


<b>h.</b> ride - rode
<b>i.</b> eat - ate
<b>j.</b> sit - sat
<b>k.</b> come- came
<b>2. Complete the dialogue below.</b>
<b> Use the past simple:</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(40)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=40>

to do exercise.(Now in order to review
<i>the usage and structure of the past</i>
<i>simple tense, you work in pairs, complete</i>
<i>the small dialogues ).</i>


-SS work in pairs.


-Some pairs of SS practice before class.
-T corrects and gives the answer key.


T asks SS to use the prepositions in the
table to complete the sentences.



-SS do exercise.


- Some SS speak before the class.
-T gives the correct answer.
-T emphasis.


-SS copy and notice.
<b>5.Home work.</b>


-Learn by heart new words.


-write 2 sentences using (used to)


-Nga: No. I ate noodles.


b- Ba: How did you get to school?
- Nam: I took a bus to school.
c- Minh: Where was you last night?
- Hoa: I was at home.


d- Chi: Which subject did you have yesterday?
-Ba: I have Literature.


<b>3. Complete the sentences. Use the</b>
<b>prepositions in the table.</b>


a. On b. in c. between
d. at ... after e. before
*Note:



in + month, year, seasons On + date ( on 17th<sub>)</sub>


On + day, date of a month.
At + time (at 7 pm).


-Listen and remember to do at home.


Pre-date:
Tea-date


<b>Unit 4</b>

:

<b>Our past</b>



<b>Period 24 -Week 8 - Read</b>



<b>I.Môc tiªu;</b>


-Hs đợc đọc một câu chuyện cổ tích sử dụng thì q khứ đơn, từ đó Hs biết cách kể một câu
chuyện tơng tự và làm quen với một loạt từ vựng có liên quan đến chủ đề.


<b>- Vocabulary: cruel, fairy, rags, prince, magically…….</b>
-Grammar: past simple tense


-Rèn kỹ năng đọc hiểu lấy thông tin, kỹ năng làm các bài tâp dạng điền từ, trả lời cõu hi.
<b>II.Chun b;</b>


<b>-</b> Thầy- Contents of the lesson.


<b>-</b> Trò- fore see new lesson.
<b>III.Tiến trình dạy-học;</b>
<b>1.Warm up:</b>



* Students can join in telling a story they like( may be in Vietnamese)
<b> *New lesson</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(41)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=41>

<b>2.Pre-reading.</b>


-T elicits SS to retell the story “ Tam
Cam”.


- SS work in groups.


- T gives some new words.
- SS copy.


- T asks: Do you like Folktales?
What are those stories usually about?
- Can you tell me the name of some
stories that you remember?


- Do you know this story?


What can you guess from the title?
- SS answer and guess the content of
the story.


<b>3.While-reading.</b>


- T requests: You scan the story and
tell me who Little Pea was, who Stout
Nut was and whose shoe was lost?


- SS scan and guess.


- T guides SS to reread the story twice
and use the words in the story to
complete the sentences.


- SS reread the story and do exercise.
- SS compare the answers with a
partner.


Some SS read out their answers.
- T gives the correct answers.
- SS copy.


- T guides SS to do exercise 2.
- SS work in pairs.


<b>I.Read</b>


<b>The lost shoe</b>


<b>New words:</b>


<b>Stout Nut: (Cám) Hạt Đậu béo</b>
<b>Little Pea (Tấm) Hạt Đậu nhỏ</b>
<b>harvest festival: Lễ hội đợc mùa</b>
<b>broken hart: đau tim</b>


<b>prince: Hoµng tư</b>
<b>fairy: ông/ bà tiên</b>
<b>rags: quần áo rách rới</b>



-Help students to read words.


<b>1. Complete the sentences with the words from</b>
<b>the story.</b>


a. (poor) farmer
b. died


c. had .... again
d. marry
e. new clothes
f. lost


<b>2. Answer the following questions:</b>
a. P1: Who was Little Pea?


b. P2: She was a poor farmer’s daughter.


c. P1: What did Stout Nut’s mother make Little
Pea do all day?


P2: She made Little Pea do the chores all day.
d. P1: How did Little Pea get her new clothes?
e. P2: Before the festival started, a fairy appeared


and magically changed her rags into beautiful
clothes.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(42)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=42>

- Some pairs of SS practice aloud.


- The others correct the mistakes.
- T gives the correct answers.
<b>4.Post-reading.</b>


-T reads the story aloud.
-SS read chorally.


<b>5.Home work. </b>


- Remind Ps to study at home and
prepare new lesson


g. P1: Is this a true story? How do you know?
P2: This is not a true story because there is a fairy.
-Students retelling the story individually.


-Learn by heart new words.
-re-write the story in workbook.
-Fore see part ( Write)


Pre-date:
Tea-date:


<b>Unit 4</b>

-

<b>Our past</b>



<i><b>Period 25-week 9 - Write</b></i>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


-Hs đợc biết thêm một câu chuyện cổ tích rất hay ( Trí khơn của ta đây). Thơng qua bài viết


qua đó Hs cũng đợc làm quen với một loạt từ vựng có liên quan đến chủ đề bài viết


<b>- Vocabulary: buffalo, graze, servant, master, wisdom, straw, escape, stripes, burn</b>
-Grammar: past simple tense


-Rèn kỹ năng viết theo mẫu sử dụng từ gợi ý cho sẵn
<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>


<b>-</b> Thầy- Contents of the lesson.


<b>-</b> Trò- fore see new lesson.
<b>III.Tiến trình dạy-học;</b>
<b>1.Warm up: </b>
+ Checking old lesson:


Retell the story “ The lost shoe”


<b>-</b> T asks a student to retell the story Trí khôn của ta đây in Vietnamese
<b> *New leson</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Pre-writing</b>


- T asks: Do you know why tigers have black
<i>stripes?</i>


<i>Which story tells you about that?</i>


<i>In this lesson, we will learn more about this</i>



<b>I.Write.</b>


<i><b>How the Tiger got his stripes</b></i><b>.</b>


1. Complete the story. Use the verbs in the
box.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(43)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=43>

<i>story .Firstly, you read the story and</i>
<i>complete it by filling the verbs in the correct</i>
<i>blank.</i>


- SS read the story and fill the verbs in the
blank.


- SS compare the answers with a partner.
- Some SS read out the completed story.
- T gives the correct answers.


- T explains some new words.
- SS copy and read them.


- T guides: Imagine that you are the farmer.
<i>Use the words to write the story. Start like</i>
<i>this: One day I was in the fill and ...</i>


<b>3.While-writing.</b>


- SS listen carefully and write individually in
5 minutes.



- SS correct the mistakes in pairs
- Some SS read out the story.
- T gives the elicited answer.
- SS copy.


- T guides SS to retell the story without the
book.


- SS work in groups.
- Some SS retell the story.
- The others give their remarks.
- T corrects.


<b>4.Post-writing</b>
- Retell the story.
<b>5. Home work</b>


- Write a story about you which happen last
week.


came
(2) : was
(3) : said
(4) : left


(6) tied
(7) : lit
(8) : burned
(9) : escaped


<i><b>New words:</b></i>


<b>buffalo: con trâu</b>
<b>graze: gặm cỏ</b>
<b>servant: đầy tớ</b>
<b>master: ông chủ</b>


<b>wisdom: trí khôn, sự thông minh</b>
<b>straw: rơm, rạ</b>


<b>escape: trốn thoát</b>
<b>stripes: vết vằn</b>
<b>burn: cháy </b>


<b>lit: châm ( thắp) lửa</b>


<i>2.Now imagine you the man. Use the words</i>
<i>to write the story. Start like this:</i>


<i><b> One day I was in the fill and my buffalo</b></i>
<i><b>grazed nearby, a tiger appeared. The tiger</b></i>
<i><b>asked why the strong buffalo was my</b></i>
<i><b>servant and I was it</b></i>’<i><b>s master. I told the</b></i>
<i><b>tiger that I had the something called</b></i>
<i><b>wisdom. the tiger wanted to see it, but I told</b></i>
<i><b>it I left it at home that day. Then I tied the</b></i>
<i><b>tiger to a tree with a rope because I didn</b></i>’<i><b>t</b></i>
<i><b>want it to eat my buffalo. I went to get</b></i>
<i><b>some straw that I said was my wisdom and</b></i>
<i><b>I burned the tiger. The tiger escaped, but</b></i>


<i><b>today it still has black stripes from the</b></i>
<i><b>burns.</b></i>


<i><b>-</b></i>Retelling the story individually<i><b>.</b></i>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(44)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=44>

Pre-date:
Tea-date:


<b>Unit 5</b>

-

<b>Study habits</b>



<i><b>Peiod 26- week 9- Getting started + Listen and read.</b></i>
<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


-Hs có khả năng tờng thuật lại lời của ngời khác đồng thời biết cách đa ra các lời chỉ dẫn, lời
đề nghị và lời khuyên đơn giản.


<b>- Vocabulary: semester, pronunciation, dictionary, school report.</b>
-Grammar:How often, reported speech. Be proud of Sb, try one’s best
-Rèn kỹ năng hỏi đápvề việc học một số môn học.


-Cã ý thức học tập, tìm tòi những cách học hiệu quả.
<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>


<b>-</b> Thầy- Contents of the lesson.


<b>-</b> Trò- fore see new lesson.
<b>III.Tiến trình dạy-học;</b>
<b>1.Warm up: </b>


<b>Network.( About the ways to learn english vocabulary)</b>


Students’ answers ( May be in Vietnamese)


*New lesson


<b> T’s & St’s activities</b> <b> Contents</b>
<b>2.Presentation.</b>


- SS work in groups to answer some
questions.


- SS work in pairs.


- Some pairs of SS practice aloud.
- T corrects the mistakes.


- T presents the situation of the dialogue.
- T plays the tape twice or three times.
- SS listen to the tape.


- T asks: What are they doing in the
picture?


- SS answer.


- SS find out new words.
- T writes and explains them.


<b>I. Getting started:</b>


- How often do we have Math?


- We have Math five times a week.
<i><b>Questions:</b></i>


1. How many subjects do you have a week?
2. What are they?


3. What subject do you like best? Why?
4. How often do you have that subject?
<b>II. Listen and read:</b>


<i><b>1. Practice the dialogue with a partner.</b></i>
<b>School report </b>


Improve (v) : nâng cao, cải thiện.
<b>Spanish pronunciation </b>


<b>Be proud of sb: tự hào về ai.</b>
Try ones best: cố gắng hÕt søc.
<b>Semester (n) : häc k×.</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(45)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=45>

- SS copy and read.
<b>3.Practice.</b>


-Ss listen and repeat.
-Ss work in pairs.


-Some pairs of SS practice aloud.
-T corrects the mistakes.


-T guides and asks SS to do exercise.


-Ss tick true or false.


-Ss compare the answers with a partner.
-T gives the correct answers.


-T asks SS to reread the dialogue.
-SS read and answer the questions.


-SS compare the answers with the partner.
Some pairs of SS practice asking and
answering the questions before class.
<b>4.Production.</b>


-T gives the correct answers.
-SS copy and notice.


-T presents about reported speech.
<b>5.Home work.</b>


-Learn by heart new words, prepare new
lesson : Speak.


a. False.(Tim was at home). b. True.
c. False.(It’s excellent). d. True.
e. False.(He needs to improve Spanish
pronunciation).


<i><b>3. Answer the questions:</b></i>


a. Miss Jackson is Tim’s mother.



b. Miss Jackson gave Tim’s mother his report
card.


c. Tim studied very well this semester./Tim
worked very hard this semester.


d. Miss Jackson said Tim should work harder
on his Spanish pronunciation.


e. She gave him a dictionary.
* Note.


-Từ câu trực tiếp sang câu gián tiếp có những
thay đổi sau:


+Bỏ dấu phẩy hoặc hai chấm sau động từ said,
bỏ ngoặc kép.


+Đổi ngôi của đại từ (I-he).
+Đổi thì của động từ (am-was).
Ex: Minh said:” I am fine”.


<b>-</b> Minh said that he was fine.


- Listen then copy to do at home.


Pre-date:
Tea-date:



<b>Unit 5</b>

-

<b>Study habits</b>



<b>Period 27-Week 9 - Speak and Listen</b>
<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Hs có khả năng hỏi và trả lời về các hoạt động học tập, sở thích về các mơn học,đồng thời
nghe và điền thơng tin cịn thiếu vào phiếu kết quả học tập. t.


<b>- Vocabulary: civic education, Physical education, Technology, Biology, Physics, Go to</b>
English club, Speak to foreigners


- Grammar: How often, reported speech.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(46)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=46>

<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>


<b>-</b> Thầy- Contents of the lesson.


<b>-</b> Trò- fore see new lesson.
<b>III.Tiến trình dạy-học;</b>
<b>1.Warm up: </b>
<b>* Check the old leson.</b>


-Students go to the board to write 5 new words.
<b> * New lesson.</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b> 2.Presentation.</b>
-T asks: What is this?



How many words do you know?
-T gives SS some new words and
explains the report card.


-SS listen and copy.
-T guides SS to listen.
<b>3.Practice.</b>


(This is Nga’s school report. You will
<i>hear the conversation between Miss</i>
<i>Lien ( Nga</i>’s teacher)and Mr. Lam and
<i>Mrs Linh about Nga</i>’s first term
<i>results).</i>


-SS guess Nga’s results.


(Now you listen to the tape and fill in
<i>the report. And then compare with</i>
<i>your early guess).</i>


- T plays the tape twice or three times.
- SS listen carefully.


- SS fill in the report.


- SS compare the results with their
partner.


- Some SS read out their answers.
- T gives answer key.



*Answer the questions:


1. What did Miss Jackson give Tim’s mother?
2. How did Tim study this semester?


<b>I. Speak:</b>


<i><b>Work in groups. </b></i>
<i>Civic education: </i>
<i>Physical education:</i>


<i> Technology: </i> Physics: Biology:
<i>Go to English club</i>


<i>Speak to foreigners: </i>
<i>*Multiple choice:</i>


<b>1. When do you do your homework?</b>
a- after school c- late at night


b- after dinner d- another time...


<b>2. Who helps you with your homework?</b>
a - your parents c - a friend


b - your brother/sister.
<b>II. Listen.</b>


Listen to the dialogue and complete the report card.


<i>Name: Tªn Class: líp</i>


<i>Marking period ; Day present: </i>
<i>Day absent ; Behavior</i>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(47)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=47>

- SS copy.


-T explains some new words.
-SS copy in their books.
<b>4.Production.</b>


-T guides and asks SS to complete a
report card.


-SS fill in the report.


-Some SS read out their report.


- T gives the remarks and marks. Learn
by heart the subjects.


- Answer the questions and write them
into a passage


<b>5.Home work. </b>


- Learn by heart new words, make a
report card of own, prepare new lesson:
Read



<i>S= satisfactory: hài lòng</i>


<i>U= unsatisfactory: ko hi lũng</i>
<i>Comments: nhận xét, đánh giá</i>
Teacher’s signature: chữ kí của gv
Parent’s signature: chữ kí của PH.


1. 87 days present.
2. 5 days absent.
3. S =Satisfactory.
4. C =Fair.


5. A =Excellent.
6. A =Excellent.
7. B =Good.


*Suggested words:
<i>Writing skills: </i>


<i>Listening comprehension: </i>
<i>Encourage Sb to do Smt</i>
<i>Appreciate :đánh giá.</i>


- Listen and remember to do at home.


Pre-date:
Tea-date:


<b>Unit 5 - </b>

<b>Study habits</b>


<b>Week10 -Period 28 - Read</b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Trong tiÕt häc nµy häc sinh sÏ lµm quen víi c¸c tõ vùng sau:


* Vocabulary : Mother tongue, make a list, However, Underline, Instead, Highlight, Come
across, Revision.


- Học sinh phát triển và nâng cao kĩ năng đọc hiểu lấy thông tin.


- Thông qua tiết học này hoc sinh có thêm những kĩ năng bổ ích khi học từ mới.
<b>III.Chuẩn bị;</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(48)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=48>

<b>-</b> Hs-Fore see the new text & words.
<b>III.TiÕn tr×nh d¹y-häc;</b>


1.Warm up:


*New lesson


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Pre-reading:</b>


- T presents the lesson.


- T presents the content of the text.
- T says: look at the picture and have a
guess of our today lesson.


- T writes some new words.



- T asks what they mean. How to learn
and remember them.


<b>3.While-reading.</b>
<b>*Activity1.</b>


- Ask ps to work inpairs to practice.
Answer: How to learn new words in
English.


? Do you like to learn English
vocabulary?


? What do you always do when you
have a new word?


? How do you learn that words?


? How many words do you learn a day?
? Do you have any special ways to
learn English vocabulary?


- SS read the text and underline the
new words.


- T asks: Now what do you do with
these new words?


- SS write them in the books or small


papers.


- T explains: These words are not
explained now.


<b>*Activity2.</b>


-Ask ps to work in groups to do this
part.


-You read the text again and decide the


<b>V. Read:</b>


 New words :


<i>Make a list: liệt kê danh sách.</i>
<i>Mother tongue :tiếng mẹ đẻ.</i>
<i>Learn by heart: học thuộc lòng.</i>
<i>However: tuy nhiên .</i>
<i>Instead: thay vào đó.</i>
<i>Come across: gặp phải.</i>
<i><b>1-Answer the questions</b></i>:


a) P1: Do learner learn words in the same way?
P2: No. Learners learn words in different ways.
b) P1: Why do some learners write example


sentences with new words?



P2: Because Such sentences help them remember
the use of new words.


c) P1: What do some learners do in order to
remember words better?


P2: To remember words better, learners write the
examples, put the words and their meaning on
stickers, underline or highlight them.


d) They may think they can’t do so. Instead, they
learn only important words.


e) Revision is necessary in learning words.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(49)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=49>

statements are True or False according
to the text. And then you try to guess
the meaning of the words from context.
- SS do exercise and compare the
answer with their partner.


- Some SS read out their answers.
<b>4.Post-reading.</b>


-Ask sts to give the others ways to
learn words at home.


<b>5.Home work. </b>


-Learn by heart vocabulary, write a


passage to describe the way to learn
your vocabulary. Prepare new lesson:
Write.


a) False.(NOT all language learners but only
SOME).


b) True.


c) False.(Many learners DO NOT try to learn ).
d) True.


-Others listen & correct your selves


-Learners should try different ways of learning
words to find out what is the best.


* St’s answers


- Remember to write at home as you often apply.


Pre-date:
Tea-date:


<b>Unit 5 - </b>

<b>Study habits</b>



<i><b>Week10 -Period 29 - Read</b></i>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>



- Trong tiÕt häc nµy häc sinh sÏ lµm quen víi c¸c tõ vùng sau:


* Vocabulary : Mother tongue, make a list, However, Underline, Instead, Highlight, Come
across, Revision.


- Học sinh phát triển và nâng cao kĩ năng đọc hiểu lấy thơng tin.


- Th«ng qua tiết học này hoc sinh có thêm những kĩ năng bổ ích khi học từ mới.
<b>III.Chuẩn bị;</b>


<b>-</b> Gv-True or False staments on big paper.


<b>-</b> Hs-Fore see the new text & words.
<b>III.Tiến trình dạy-học;</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(50)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=50>

*New lesson


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Pre-reading:</b>


- T presents the lesson.


- T presents the content of the text.
- T says: look at the picture and have a
guess of our today lesson.


- T writes some new words.


- T asks what they mean. How to learn


and remember them.


<b>3.While-reading.</b>
<b>*Activity1.</b>


- Ask ps to work inpairs to practice.
Answer: How to learn new words in
English.


? Do you like to learn English
vocabulary?


? What do you always do when you
have a new word?


? How do you learn that words?


? How many words do you learn a day?
? Do you have any special ways to
learn English vocabulary?


- SS read the text and underline the
new words.


- T asks: Now what do you do with
these new words?


- SS write them in the books or small
papers.



- T explains: These words are not
explained now.


<b>*Activity2.</b>


-Ask ps to work in groups to do this
part.


-You read the text again and decide the
statements are True or False according
to the text. And then you try to guess
the meaning of the words from context.


<b>V. Read:</b>


 New words :


<i>Make a list: liệt kê danh sách.</i>
<i>Mother tongue :tiếng mẹ đẻ.</i>
<i>Learn by heart: học thuộc lòng.</i>
<i>However: tuy nhiên .</i>
<i>Instead: thay vào đó.</i>
<i>Come across: gặp phải.</i>
<i><b>1-Answer the questions</b></i>:


f) P1: Do learner learn words in the same way?
P2: No. Learners learn words in different ways.
g) P1: Why do some learners write example


sentences with new words?



P2: Because Such sentences help them remember
the use of new words.


h) P1: What do some learners do in order to
remember words better?


P2: To remember words better, learners write the
examples, put the words and their meaning on
stickers, underline or highlight them.


i) They may think they can’t do so. Instead, they
learn only important words.


j) Revision is necessary in learning words.


<i><b>2.True or False? Check (v) the boxes:</b></i>
<i><b>*Answer keys:</b></i>


e) False.(NOT all language learners but only
SOME).


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(51)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=51>

- SS do exercise and compare the
answer with their partner.


- Some SS read out their answers.
<b>4.Post-reading.</b>


-Ask sts to give the others ways to
learn words at home.



<b>5.Home work. </b>


-Learn by heart vocabulary, write a
passage to describe the way to learn
your vocabulary. Prepare new lesson:
Write.


g) False.(Many learners DO NOT try to learn ).
h) True.


-Others listen & correct your selves


-Learners should try different ways of learning words
to find out what is the best.


* St’s answers


- Remember to write at home as you often apply.


Pre-date:
Tea-date:


<b>Unit 5</b>

-

<b>Study habits</b>



<i><b>Week 10 - Period 30 </b></i>–

<i><b>Write</b></i>


<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Trong tiÕt häc nµy häc sinh lµm quen vµ thùc hành với các từ vựng mới trong
bµi viÕt .



* Vocabulary : Heading, Opening, Body of the letter, Closing, Dear, Regards.
- Học sinh phát triển kĩ năng Viết là chủ yếu thông qua thiết kế của bài.
<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>


<b>-</b> Gv-Aletter on big sheet of the paper.


<b>-</b> Hs-Fore the new lesson.
<b>III.TiÕn trình dạy-học;</b>
<b>1.Warm up: </b>
+ Checking old lesson:


SS speak the ways to learn words in English.
<b> *New lesson.</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(52)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=52>

<b>2.Pre-writing.</b>


<i><b>Activity1</b></i>:Guiding questions & explain
the words.


-How often do you write the letters to
friends?


- How many parts are there in a personal
letter? Do you know how they are call?
<b>*Heading(mở đầu): địa chỉ ngi vit th,</b>
ngy vit.


*Opening( lời chào đầu): Dear ....,
<b>*Body of the letter(phÇn th©n / chÝnh</b>


bøc th):


<b>*Closing/ Complementary close(lêi</b>
chµo cuèi th)


<b>3.While-writing.</b>


-Guide ps to write the letter individually.
( in 7 minutes).


<b>I .WRITE.</b>


1. <i>Look at Hoa’s letter to Tim. She wrote it at the</i>
<i>end of term</i><b>.</b> Identify the sections. Label them
with correct letter.


A- Body of the letter.


B- Heading-writer’s address and the date.
C- Closing-Your friend/Regards/ Love.
D- Opening-Dear....,


E- 2-Now help Lan write a letter to her pen pal
Donna in San Francisco. Use the information
in the box.


<i>24 Truong Chinh Street.</i>
<i>Dong Da District, Ha Noi</i>
<i>July 12,2004</i>



<i>Dear Donna,</i>


<i> Thanks for your letter. I am very pleased to</i>
<i>hear that you had a happy Mother</i>’s day.


<i> I received my second semester report last</i>
<i>month. I got good grade for Geography, Physics</i>
<i>and Math, but my English and History results</i>
<i>were poor. My teacher told me to improve</i>
<i>English and History. I think I</i>’<i>ll have to study</i>
<i>harder next school year.</i>


<i> In a few weeks we</i>’re going to celebrate the
<i>Mid-Autumn Festival. That</i>’s a moon festival in
<i>Autumn or Fall in Viet Nam. I am going to Ha</i>
<i>Long Bay with my aunt and uncle by bus this</i>
<i>afternoon and I</i>’m going to stay there with them
<i>until after the festival. I</i>’ll send you a postcard
<i>from there.</i>


<i> I am looking forward to hearing from your</i>
<i>soon.</i>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(53)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=53>

-Ask Ps to compare the letter and correct
the mistakes with their partner.


<b>4.Post-writing.</b>


- Call some Sts read out their letter.
-T checks some letters of the SS.


-T gives the elicited answer.


<b>5.Homework: </b>


- Write a letter to your friend and tell
him about your results of the last
semester.


- Prepare new lesson: Language focus.


<i> Lan.</i>


- Go to the board to read it aloud before the class.
- Others listen & check your selves.


- Listen & try to remember to write at home .


Pre-date:
Tea-date:


<b>Unit 5</b>

-

<b>S</b>

<b>tudy habits</b>



<i><b>Week 10 : Period 31 - Language focus</b></i>



<b>I.Mục tiêu;</b>


-Trong tiết này học sinh ôn lại kiến thức của các bài từ 1-5 Đặc biệt là trạng từ
modal SHOULD, làm quen với câu trc tiếp gi¸n tiÕp.


- Thông qua thiết kế của bài ôn tập học sinh phát triển và nâng cao kĩ năng làm bài


kỹ năng biến đổi câu trực tiếp sang gián tiếp và ngợc lại.


<b> II .ChuÈn bÞ; </b>


Gv :Bảng phụ phần hớng dẫn cách chuyển câu trực tiếp gián tiếp
Hs :xem trớc bài, tra từ mới


<b>IIITiến trình bài dạy </b>
1.


<b> Warm up: </b>


+ Checking the previous lesson:
-SS read a letter to their friends
- Read in front of the class


<b> *New lesson</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(54)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=54>

<b>2. Presentation</b>
<b> Activity 1:</b>


- Some SS repeat the way to use
adverbs of manner.


Note the special adverbs.


- T asks SS to complete the dialogues
by filling the adverbs of manner in
the spaces.



- SS work in pairs.


- Some pairs of SS practice aloud
before class.


- T gives answer key.
<b>3 .Practice:</b>


(Now you work in pairs, discuss what
<i>Mr. Hao should do for his house by</i>
<i>using the verbs given).</i>


-SS work in pairs.


-Some SS give the advice.
-T gives the correct answers.
-SS copy.


<b> Activity 3:</b>


-T presents the way to change the
direct to indirect.


-SS copy.


 Thay đổi đại từ nhân xng, đại từ sở
hữu:.


 This => That
 These => Those


Here => There
 Now => Then
 Today => That day
 Tonight => That night
 Tomorrow => The next day
 Yesterday => The day before
 Last night => The night before.
<b>4.Production:</b>


<b>VI. Language focus:</b>


1-Complete the dialogues. Use the adverbs of manner
in the box.


1/ hard 2/ fast 3/ badly 4/ softy


<b>2.Work with a partner. Suppose you are Tim</b>’ s mother.
Report Miss Jackson’ s commands and requests in her
conversation with Tim’ s mother.


<i><b>* Formation</b><b>:</b><b> </b></i>


<b>S + asked + O + to-infinitive.</b>
<b> Told</b>


<b> Ordered</b>
<b> commander</b>
<i><b>* Answer key:</b></i>


a). Miss Jackson asked me to wait outside her office.


b). Miss Jackson told me to give you your report card
for this semester.


c). Miss Jackson told me to help you with your
Spanish pronunciation.


d). Miss Jackson asked me to meet her next week.
3. Work with a partner. Report Miss Jackson s ’
advice<b>...</b>


a. Miss Jackson said you should spend more time on
Spanish pronunciation.


b. Miss Jackson said you should practice speaking
Spanish every day.


c. Miss Jackson said you should listen to Spanish
conversation on TV.


d. Miss Jackson said you should practice reading
aloud passages in Spanish.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(55)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=55>

<b> Activity 4 :</b>


-T guides SS to do exercise.


(Now you follow similar instructions
<i>as exercise 3, report Miss Jackson</i>’s
<i>advice to Tim</i>



-T gives answer key.


<b>5.Home work: </b>


- Lean by heart the usage of reported
speech, do exercises again. Prepare
new lesson: Unit 6.


- Students’s anwers.


- Remember to do at home well.


Pre-date:
Tea-date:


<b>Unit 6</b>

-

<b>The young pioneer club</b>



<b>Week 11-Period 32 -Getting started + Listen and Read</b>
<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Trong tiết học này học sinh có thể vận dụng kiến thức đã học đẻ vận dụng hỏi đáp để
khai thác thông tin của ai đó sử dụng “What...,Where..., How...,How old...?
- Hs phát triển khả năng Đọc hiểu Nói theo cặp để khai thác thông tin cá nhân.


- Học sinh nhận thức đợc ý nghĩa của các hoạt động XH đối với tổ chức đoàn thể đặc
biệt là Đoàn Thanh Niên Cộng Sản HCM.


<b>II.ChuÈn bÞ;</b>


<b>-</b> Gv-Information about the HCM young pioneer organization.



<b>-</b> Hs-Fore see the new lesson.
<b>III.Tiến trình dạy-học;</b>


1.Warm up :


*Chatting with students to get good atmosphere in about 3 minutes
<b> * New lesson</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(56)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=56>

<b>-T guides: </b> <i>In Vietnam, which</i>
<i>organizations are there for young?</i>
<i>What can we do when we enroll these</i>
<i>organizations? Are these activities</i>
<i>useful for you and the general public?</i>
-SS answer.


-T gives the meaning of new words.
-T asks more some questions.


<i>Which activity do you like best? Why?</i>
<i>Do you plan to take part in any</i>
<i>activities this summer?</i>


<b>3.Practice.</b>


-T guides: This summer Nga enrolls
<i>for some activities given by The Young</i>
<i>Union. What does she have to do when</i>


<i>she enrolls?</i>


<i>Now you listen to the tape for the first</i>
<i>time between Nga and the secretary .Is</i>
<i>your guess right? What information</i>
<i>does Nga give the secretary?</i>


-T plays the tape.


-SS listen carefully and find out new
words.


-T gives the meaning.
-T asks SS to practice.
-SS work in pairs.


-Some pairs of SS practice aloud before
class.


-T corrects the mistakes of
pronunciation.


-T guides SS to do exercise 2.
<b>4.Production</b><i><b>.</b></i><b> </b>


<i>*Now you look at the form and</i>
<i>complete Nga</i>’s details.


New words:



<b>Helping blind people: giúp đỡ những ngời mù.</b>
<b>Helping elderly people: giúp đỡ ngời già.</b>


<b>Helping handicapped children: giúp tr em tn</b>
tt.


<b>Clean up the neighborhood: làm sạch khu d©n c.</b>
<b>Take part in cultural activities/ art club:</b>


tham gia các hoạt động văn hoá/ CLB mĩ thuật.
<b>Summer campaign: chiến dịch mùa hè.</b>


<b>II. Listen and read:</b>


<b>1. Practice the dialogue with a partner.</b>


<b>Enroll: đăng ký học/ tham gia.</b>
<b>application form: đơn xin tham gia</b>
<b>Fill out: điền thơng tin.</b>


<b>Outdoor activities: các hoạt động ngồi trời.</b>
<b>acting: diễn kịch</b>


2. <b>Complete Nga s</b>’<b> details .</b>
Name: <i><b>Pham Mai Nga</b></i>


Home address: <i><b>5 Tran Phu Steet</b></i>.
Phone number: <i><b>Not available</b></i>
Date of birth<i><b>: April 22, 1989</b></i>
Sex: <i><b>Female.</b></i>



Interests: <i><b>drawing, out door activities</b><b>and acting.</b></i>
<i>*Practice</i>


<i>What’s her name?</i>
<i>Where does she live?</i>
<i>What</i>’s her phone number?


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(57)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=57>

-SS work in pairs.


-SS ask and answer in pairs.
<b>5.Home work. </b>


- Prepare the new lesson at home.


- Learn by heart new words, make a new dialogue
about yourself.


Pre-date:
Tea-date3


<b>Unit 6</b>

-

<b>T</b>

<b>he young pioneer club</b>



<b> Period 33 Week 11 - Speak & Language focus 3</b>
<b>I. Mơc tiªu</b>


- Học sinh làm quen,ơn lại cấu trúc yêu cầu đợc giúp đỡ và đa ra yêu cầu đợc giúp
đỡ,cách trả lời các yêu cầuvà đề nghị giúp đỡ với (Can / Could you do me a favor....?)


- Học sinh nâng cao kỹ năng thảo luận theo cặp, nhóm vào các tình huống khác nhau sư


dơng cÊu tróc võa häc.


<b>II. Chn bÞ </b>


<i>-G.v :Bảng phụ phần language focus 3</i>
<i>-Hs : Xem trớc bài tra từ vựng</i>


<b>III . Tiến trình bài dạy</b>


<b>1.Warm up : </b>
+ Checking old lesson:


<b>-</b> Call a pupil to read the dialogue again.


<b>-</b> Check and correct, give mark


<b> *New lesson </b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2 .Pre- speaking</b>
<b>Activity 1</b>


<b>-T presents the contents of the</b>
<b>lesson</b>


-T says: In daily life, we always have
<i>to ask for and respond to favors;</i>
<i>offer assistance and respond to</i>
<i>assistance. What structure do you</i>


<i>know to express these ideas?</i>


-T presents the structures in the


<b>I. Speak</b>:


<i>Look at the phrases in the boxes. Then practice the</i>
<i>dialogues with a partner.</i>


 <b>Asking for favors: </b>


-Can / Could you help me, please?
- Could you do me a favor?


- I need a favor.
- Can / Could you....?


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(58)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=58>

book.


-T asks SS to practice the dialogue.
-SS work in pairs.


-Some pairs of SS practice aloud in
front of the class.


-T asks: In order to ask for help,
<i>which structure did Mrs. Ngoc and</i>
<i>the tourist use? What did they need</i>
<i>to help?</i>



-T guides: Now you work in pairs.
<i>Use the structures you have learned</i>
<i>and the situations in the book to</i>
<i>make up new conversations.</i>


-SS practice in pairs.


-Each pair practices one situation.
-SS change the rolls.


-Some pairs of SS practice aloud
before class.


-T remarks and gives elicited answer
key.


-SS do replacing exercise.


<i> In summery, we can use various</i>
<i>structures to ask for and respond to</i>
<i>favors. However, you should know</i>
<i>which structure is more police than</i>
<i>others. Be careful when you use</i>
<i>them.</i>


<i><b>3.</b></i>


<i><b> </b></i><b>While speaking</b>


<i>Now you work in pairs, think of a </i>


<i>situation and make up a new</i>
<i>dialogue using the structures to ask</i>
<i>for and respond to favors.</i>


-SS practice in pairs.
<b>Activity 2</b>


<b> </b>


<b>tôi đ ợc không</b>


<b>Responding to favors</b>
Nhận lêi:


-Certainly/ Of course/ Sure
-No problem


-What can I do for you?
How can I help you?
Tõ chèi:


I’m sorry. I’m really busy.
 <b>Offering assistance </b>
May I help you?


Do you need any help?
Let me help you.


 <b>Responding to assistance</b>
NhËn lêi:



Yes. Thank you.


Yes. That’s very kind of you.
Tõ chèi:


No. Thank you.


No. Thank you. I’m fine.
<i><b>+Thay vì nói:</b></i>


Can/ Could you help me?
Để trang trọng hơn dùng:


I wonder whether you could help me.
Do you think you could help me?
T: Can you help me, please?


M: Certainly. What can I do for you?


T: Can you tell me the way to the nearest police
station?


M: Sure. You go along this road and then turn right.
Go for about 300 meters. It’s on your left.


T: Thank you very much. That’s very kind of you.
M: Never mind. You are welcome.


<b>Language focus 3 - Work with a partner.</b>



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(59)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=59>

+ Have Ps use the expressions in the
box to ask for a favor.


<b>-</b> Call Ps to practice in groups or in
pairs


- Ask Ps to practice in front of the
class.


<b>4.Post-speaking. </b>


<b>5.Homework. </b>


- Make a new dialogue about your
situation.


A. Can you by me a ticket?


B. Can you take me across the road?


C. Can you help me with the math problem?
D. Can you water the flowers in the garden?
b. Complete the dialogues. Then practice the
dialogues with a partner.


A. Can I help you?


B. Do you need any help?
C. Let me help you.



D. Yes. That very kind of you.
- Students have peer correction
- Remember to do at home.


Pre-date:
Tea-date:


<b>Unit 6</b>

:

<b>The young pioneer club</b>



<b>Week 11-Period 34 - Listen & Language focus 1,2</b>



<b>I. Mơc tiªu</b>


-Hs làm quen với Gerund khi đi sau một số động từ, đồng thời làm quen với thì hiện tại đơn
với nghĩa tơng lai ( nói về kế hoạch trong tơng lai )


-Thông qua bài nghe Hs đợc làm quen với một số từ vựng có liên quan đến chủ đề nh :
unite, peace , right, north, South, show, stand


-Hs rèn kỹ năng nghe hiểu lấy thông tin, kỹ năng hỏi và trả lời theo cặp, kỹ năng viết câu
dùng thông tin gợi ý .


<b>II Chuẩn bị </b>


Gv :Bảng phụ phần nghe .
Hs : xem trớc bài, tra từ mới
<b>III Tiến trình bài dạy</b>
<i><b>1.Warm up</b></i>:



+ Checking old lesson:


<b>-</b> Call a pupil to read the dialogue again.


<b>-</b> A pupil write vocabulary.
- Read in front of the class
- Write new word


<b> * New lesson.</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(60)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=60>

<b>* Listen</b>


<b>2.Pre listening</b>


-T presents: In our today’s lesson, we will
<i>listen to an English song. Read the words of</i>
<i>the song and tell me what the song is about.</i>
-T guides continued.


<i>The song is about children, now you work</i>
<i>in pairs, read the words again and have a</i>
<i>guess of the words in the blanks.</i>


-SS read the song carefully.
-SS give their guess.


-T writes them on the board.
-T guides SS to listen.


<i>Now you listen to the tape and complete</i>


<i>the song by filling the words you hear in</i>
<i>the blanks.</i>


<i><b>3 While-listening</b></i>- T plays reads twice or
three times.


- SS complete the song.


- SS compare the answers with a partner.
- T gives answer key.


- T organizes a singing contest.
- T devises the SS into group of six.
- T plays the tape some times.
-SS practice and sing.


- Each group sings twice.
- T gives the remarks.
<b> 4.Post-Listening</b>
Retell the song brifly


<b> *Language focus</b>


<b>*Activity 1</b>


-T asks: You read the Spring Activity
<i>Program of Y& Y Pioneers organization</i>
<i>and tell me what, when and where they will</i>
<i>do in the program.</i>



<b>* Newwords</b>

<b> unite.(n)</b>


<b> peace.(n)</b>


<b> right. .(n)</b>


<b> a stand</b><i><b>,</b></i>

<b> .(n)</b>



<i>Fill in the missing words.</i>
Children of our land

<i><b>unite.</b></i>



Let’s sing for

<i><b>peace..</b></i>



Let’s sing for

<i><b>right.</b></i>



Let’s sing for the

<i><b>love</b></i>

between

<i><b>north</b></i>

and


<i><b>south</b></i>

,


Oh, children

<i><b>of</b></i>

our land, unite.
Children of the

<i><b>world</b></i>

hold hands.


Let’s

<i><b>show</b></i>

our love from

<i><b>place</b></i>

to place.
Let’s shout

<i><b>out</b></i>

loud,


Let’s make a

<i><b>stand</b></i>

,


Oh, children of the

<i><b>world</b></i>

, hold hands.


<b>1.Ask and answer questions about Y & Y </b>
<b>Spring Program.</b>



<i>P1: When do they plant and water trees along </i>
<i>streets?</i>


<i>P2: On February 2</i>


<i>P1: Where do they plant and water trees along </i>
<i>streets?</i>


<i>P2: On the city center streets. </i>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(61)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=61>

-SS read the table.


-T explains some new words and phrases.
-SS work in pairs, ask and answer questions
about Y& Y Spring activity Program.


-Some pairs of SS practice aloud.
-T corrects the mistakes.


<b>* Activity 2:</b>


+ Have Ps work with a partner. Look at the
table and talk about our friends’ hobbies


- Have Ps practice in front of the class and
then correct any mistakes if necessary.
<b>5.Homework.</b>


- Make a new dialogue about your situation.



<i>P2: They start at 7 am and finish at 10 am</i>
* Ps practice the same.


<b>Work with a partner.</b>


a. Look at the table. Talk about our friends’
hobbies.


Ex:


<i>P1: Ba love playing soccer, but he doesn’t like </i>
<i>washing up.</i>


<i>P2: Lan doesn’t like playing soccer and she </i>
<i>doesn’t like washing up, either.</i>


b. Copy the table. Ask questions about you.
<i>P1: Do you like playing soccer?</i>


<i>P2: No. I hate it. What about you?</i>
<i>P1: Yes. I live playing soccer</i>
* Practice in pairs.


Pre-date:
Tea-date:


<b>Unit 6-</b>

<b>The young pioneer club</b>

<i><b>Week 12 - Period 35 - Read</b></i>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu </b>



-Hsđợc cung cấp kiến thức về hai tổ chức dành cho các bạn nam nữ thiếu niên ở Mỹ : Tổ chức
Nam hớng đạo sinh và Tổ chức Nữ hớng đạo sinh qua một số từ vựng nh :


<i> Boy Scouts of America, Girl Guides Association, build character, encourage good citizenship,</i>
voluntary youth organization, personal fitness, co-educational.


-Hs rèn kỹ năng đọc hiểu lấy thông tin và làm các bài tập dạng sắp xếp các sự kiện theo năm
và trả li cõu h


<b>II.Chuẩn bị</b>


<b>Gv:Bảng phụ phần bài tập sắp xếp các sự liện.</b>
<i>Hs :Xem trớc bài, tra từ mới</i>


<b>II.Tiến trình bài dạy</b>
<b>1. warm up </b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(62)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=62>

- SS read the words of the song


<b> * New lesson</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


2.<b> Pre-reading</b>


-T presents the lesson.


-T introduces the content of the text.
(In grade 7, we learned about Boy
<i>Scouts of America and Girl Guides</i>


<i>Association. What do you remember/</i>
<i>know about these associations?).</i>
T asks some questions to present new
words.


-T reads new words .SS read after.
-T introduces.


(In today’s lesson, we will learn more
<i>about this association. Now you scan</i>
<i>the text and tell me what the text</i>
<i>discusses)</i>


3.While reading


-T asks SS to scan the text to catch the
main information.(History of Boy
<i>Scouts of America and Girl Guides</i>
<i>Association).</i>


- T asks SS to read the text again.
- SS read carefully and do exercise.
- SS compare the answer with their
partners.


- Some SS read their answers aloud.
- T gives the remarks and answer key.
- T guides SS to do exercise 2.


- SS read the text again.



- SS work in pairs, asking and
answering the questions.


- Some pairs of SS practice aloud
before class.


- T corrects and gives the correct


<b>* New words</b>


Boy Scouts of America
encourage good citizenship
voluntary youth organization
Girl Guides Association
personal fitness


co-educational


Students listen and remember


1. <b> Fill in the missing dates</b>
Date Events


1907 The beginning of the Scout
Association


1909 William Boyce was introduced to
scouting



1910 The founding of the girl guides
Association & camp Boys & girls
1994 Over 5 million scouts in the BSA


<b>2 .Answer the quetions.</b>


a,Scouting began in England in 1907


b, The meeting between a boy scout & Mr. William
Boyce led to the Scouts Association crossing the
Atlantic in 1910


c,Girls can join in the Girls Guides Association &
Camp Fire Boys & Girls.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(63)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=63>

answers.


<b> 4.Post-reading.</b>


-SS translate the text into Vietnamese.
<b>5.Homework , </b>


- Do exercises again, translate the
text, prepare new lesson: Write.


- Stand up and practice before the class.


- Remember to do at home.


Pre-date:


Tea-date:


<b>Unit 6- </b>

<b>The young pioneer club</b>


<i>Week 12 - Period 36 </i> –<i><b> Writ</b></i><b>I.Mơc tiªu</b>


Hs đợc cung cấp những hoạt động của Đoàn thanh niên và đội thiếu niên thơng qua một số từ
vợng có liên quan nh :


help, community, recycling programs, collect glass, natural resources, raise funds for the
poor, encourage, participate, register


<b>II.Chuẩn bị </b>


Gv: Bảng phụ phần thực hành víêt.
Hs : xem trớc bài, tra từ mới


<b>III.Tiến trình bài d¹y</b>
<b>1. Warm up : </b>
+ Checking old lesson:


- A St says something about the Boy Scouts and the Girl Guides Association.
- T presents the content of the lesson


* New lesson


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2. Pre- writing</b>



- T asks SS to look at the notice.


- T guides: this is the notice from Y& Y
<i>to its members. You read it and tells me</i>
<i>what activities this organization is</i>
<i>going to do.</i>


- SS read the notice.


- T explains some new words and
phrases.


- SS copy.


<b>*Write</b>


<b>1/ Read the passage and complete the letter.</b>
<b>New words:</b>


<b>- help the community: giúp đỡ cộng đồng</b>
<b>- encourage: động viên, khuyến khích</b>
<b>- participate: tham gia</b>


<b>- recycling program: chơng trình tái chÕ nguyªn</b>
liƯu


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(64)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=64>

- T guides: Now you read the notice
<i>again an complete Nga</i>’<i>s letter to Linh</i>
<i>about Y& Y plan by filling the missing</i>
<i>information in the blank.</i>



- SS read the notice again and fill in the
blanks.


- SS compare the letter with a partner.
- Some SS read out the letter.


- T gives the correct answer.
SS copy.


- T presents: Hoa’<i>s Y& Y Green Group</i>
<i>is having an environment month. they</i>
<i>are going to clean the lake</i>’<i>s banks,</i>
<i>plant trees and flowers in the parks.</i>
<b>3. While - writing</b>


- SS answer.


- T guides: Base on the dialogue in the
<i>book between Hoa and her aunt.</i>
<i>Imagine that you are Hoa and write a</i>
<i>letter to your parents about the</i>
<i>activities you are going to do.</i>


- SS listen carefully and write the letter.
- SS correct the mistakes together.
- Some SS read out their letters.
- T gives the elicited answer.


<b>- save natural resources: bảo vệ nguồn tài nguyên</b>


thiên nhiên


<b>- raise fun for the poor: gây quĩ cho ngời nghèo </b>
<b>- help the street children: giúp đỡ trẻ em đờng phố</b>
<b>- plant trees and flowers: trng cõy v hoa </b>


<b>- register: đăng ký</b>
(o): planning
(1): community
(2): recycling
(3): collect
(4): send
(5): recycling


(6): save
(7): raise
(8):


participating
(9): planting
(10): helping


<b>2/ Read the dialogue between Hoa and her aunt.</b>
<b>Then write Hoa ’ s letter to her parents telling</b>
<b>what is she going to do.</b>


<i>Dear Mom and Dad,</i>


<i>I</i>’<i>m very happy to tell you that I</i>’<i>m able to join the</i>
<i>Y& Y Green Group of my school.</i>



<i>The green Group is holding an environment month</i>
<i>plan. We are going to clean the lake</i>’<i>s banks on</i>
<i>weekends. We are going to plant trees and flowers</i>
<i>in the parks and water them every afternoon after</i>
<i>class. We are planting Young trees and plants to sell</i>
<i>to other schools.</i>


<i>I hope that we can give more green color to the city </i>
<i>and earn some money for the school Y&Y.</i>


<i>The program is very interesting and useful, isn</i>’<i>t it?</i>
<i>I</i>’<i>m still in a very good health. I will tell you more</i>
<i>about the group activities later.</i>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(65)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=65>

<b>4. Post - writing</b>


+ Have Ps work in pairs to complete the
correct forms if the words in brackets.
+ Call Ps to practice in front of the
class.


+ Check any mistakes if necessary.


<b>5.Homework: </b>


- Write a letter to your friend.


- Prepare new lesson: Language focus.



*Give the correct form of the word in brackets.
1. (Recycle) programs are very useful to protect the


environment.


2. Our duty is to save (nature) resources.


3. All members in the class can enroll the Y &Y
(organize).


4. You can keep these flowers fresh by (water) them
every day.


<b>Answers: </b>


1. recycling 2. natural
3. organization 4. watering
- Remember to do all at home well.


.Pre-date:


Tea-date:

<b>Week 12 Period 37 </b>

<b> REVISION</b>


<b>I. Mục tiêu;</b>


- Hs ôn lại một số nội dung,kiến thức cơ bản bài học cụ thĨ lµ tõ Unit 4 to Unit 6
in order to prepare for the test.


. - Present, past simple, used to, prepositions


- Reported speech of command, requests, advice.


- Gerund, modal verbs


<b>II.ChuÈn bÞ;</b>


<b>-</b> Gv-The contents of the lesson.


<b>-</b> Hs- Review the old lesson.
<b>III.TiÕn tr×nh d¹y-hoc;</b>
<b>1.Warm up: </b>


- Holding the class in order and check the old lesson.


- Call a pupil to give exanples using Used to... and modal verbs with can, could
*New lesson.


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Presentation.</b>
- Form & Use of it
- Example – correct
- Adv


<b>1. Tenses:</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(66)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=66>

- Use of “ Used to”
- e.g.


- Form & position



- Retell the prepositions
- Use of them? Correct
<b>3.Practice.</b>


- Form and use of it
examples – correct


- Retell the modal verbs


- Retell form of commands requests? –
Reported form


- Form of advice
- Reposted form?


- Ask ps to work in 2 groups
G1: Make direct sentences


G2. Change it to indirect speech ( in tum)
Correct


<b>4.Production</b>


? Retell the main gram?


<b>5.Homework: </b>


- Remind Ps to study at home and revise
the main grammar structures from unit 4
to unit 6. Prepare for the next test.



<b>* Past simple: </b>
- S+V- Past + (o)


- Adv: ago last+, yesterday ….
- Used to for past habit


e.g. I used to city a lot when I was a baby
<b>2. Adverbs of manner: </b>


- adj + ly = adv


- Good – well; fast – fast; hard – hard


<b>3. Prepositions. </b>


In, on, of, at, about, to, for, behind, under,
beneath, between, above, ....


<b>4. Gerund: </b>
+ V – ing


- It is used after prep, Some Vs: like…
<b>5. Modal verbs: </b>


- can, may, could, should....


<b>6. Reported speech of commands, requests, </b>
<b>advice</b>



<i>- Reposted speech of command, requests </i>
Tell/ aks+ Sb = To + V infinitive + ( o)
<i>- Advice in reported speech </i>


+ Advice+ Sb + to + V infi+ ( o)
+ Say + S + should + V infi + (o)


E.g.: Lan said to me “ You should lean hard”
-> Lan advised me to learn hard


-> Lan said I should learn hard


-Stand up to tell for short informatiom about it.


- Remember to do at home well.


Pre-date:
Tea-date:


<b>Week 13 - Period 38 </b>

<b>-</b>

<b>Written test No 2</b>



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(67)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=67>

<b>I .Mơc tiªu;</b>


-Kiểm tra nhằm đánh giá kết quả học tập của Hs trong q trình học để có thể đa ra những
điều chỉnh bổ xung trong thời gian tới cho phù hợp hơn.


-Mục tiêu đề ra là từ 75%các em làm bài đạt từ Tb trở lên
-Rèn kỹ năng làm các Bt dạng trắc nghiệm và tự luận .
-Giáo dục tính tự giác chủ động trong học tập của Hs.
<b>II,Chuẩn bị; </b>



G.v :đề bài phô tô & đáp án
HS:ơn lại bài.


<b>I</b>


<b>II,TiÕn tr×nh kiĨm tra;</b>
1,Warm up :


<b> *Ma trËn </b>



<b>Tªn chđ</b>


<b>đề</b> <b>Nội dung cần kiểm tra</b>


<b>NhËn biÕt</b>


<b>45%</b> <b>Th«ng hiĨu35%</b>


<b>VËn dơng</b>


20%
Cấp độ Cấp độ
thập cao

Cộng
100%

<b>Listen</b>


Multiple
choice<b>.</b>


<i><b>did homework</b></i>
<i><b>seafood</b></i>


<i><b>English</b></i>
<i><b> a doctor </b></i>


Số câu 4
Số điểm
2
Số câu:4
Số điểm:2
(20%)

<b>Reading</b>


1.Answer
the
questions


About Nam Số câu


2


Số điểm
1


Số câu
2


Số điểm 1



Số câu:4
Số điểm:2
(20%)
<b>Language</b>
<b>focus</b>
1.Multiple
choice
2.put the
verb in the
correct
tense
]Grammar:
-Present simple
-Past simple
-Used to


- reported speech


Số câu
3


Số điểm


1,5 Số câu5


Số điểm
2,5
Số câu:8
Số điểm:4
(40%)


<b>Writing</b>


Complete
sntences,
using
suggested
words


- reported speech
( commands, requests,
advices
Số
câu
4
Số
điểm
2
Số câu:4
Số điểm:2
(20%)


<b>Total</b>

Số câu:9


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(68)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=68>

<b>Questions:</b>


<b>I.</b> <b>Listen and choose the best answers.(2 ps)</b>
1/I like eating ……….


A, fruit B, seafood C,ham of chicken
2/Yesterday, Nam stayed at home and ………….



A, watch T.V B,listen to the radio C, did his homework
3/Miss Lan said I should learn ………..harder.


A, English B,Math C, History
4/ Mr. John is a ……….


A,doctor B, engineer C, teacher
<i><b>1/ I like eating seafood</b></i>




<i><b> 2/ Yesterday, Nam stayed at home and did his homework</b></i>
<i><b> 3/Miss Lan said I should learn English harder.</b></i>


<i><b>4/ Mr. John is a doctor </b></i>


<b>II/ Reading - Đọc đoạn văn và trả lêi c©u hái ( 2 ps)</b>


Nam was ten years old, he was a very lazy boy. He had to go to school of course, but he
was bored there and tried to do as little work as possible. His father and mother were doctors
and they hoped that he would become a doctor too, when he grew up, but one day Nam said to
his mother “ When I finish school, I want to become a garbage collector”


“ A garbage collector? His mother asked . She was very surprised. “That’s not a very pleasant
job why do you want to become a garbage collector? ”. “Because then I’d only have to work
one day a week,” John answered, “ Only one day a week?” His mother said “” What do you
mean? ”, ” Well,” John answered ” “I know that the ones who come to our house only work
on Monday, because I only see them on that day”.


1. Was Nam a lazy boy ?



...
2. What did his parents hope?


...
3. What does Nam want to become when he finishes school?


...
4. Why does Nam want to become a garbage collector?


...
II. Language focus ( 4 ps)


<b>1/ Khoanh tròn đáp án A hoặc B, C, D hoàn thành các câu sau. ( 2. Ps )</b>
1. I …...on a farm when I was a young boy


A. used live B. used to living C. used to live D. use to
2. They got married and lived ….


A. happy B. happiness C. happily D. more happy


3. Your teacher …...you should work harder.


A. told B. said that C. to go D. want


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(69)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=69>

A. go B. go to C. go D. to go


<b>2/ Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc hoàn thành các câu sau. ( 2 Ps )</b>
1. Lisa ... ( not go ) to work yesterday. She wasn’t feel well.
2. Ba loves ... ( play ) soccer in his free time.



3. Miss Jackson asked me ... ( give ) you this dictionary.
4.I used ... ( live ) in the city when I was young.


<b>IV/ Write - Chuyển các câu sau sang cách nãi gi¸n tiÕp ( 2 Ps)</b>
1. Nam said to Lan “ Can you open the door?”


Nam told ...
2. I said to her “ Stay at home ”


I asked ...
3. The doctor said to me “ You should stay in bed ”


The doctor said...
4. My friend said to me “ Let’s go to the movie”


My friend suggested ...
4/Feed back :Hand in the tests & give comments


5/Homework: Foresee new lesson


Pre-date:
Tea-date:


<b>Unit 7 </b>

<b> My neighborhood</b>



<b>Week 13 -Period 39 : Getting started and Listen and read</b>


<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


-Thơng qua bài khố học sinh có cơ hội ơn lại thì hiện tại hồn thành và làm quen với các từ


vng có liên quan đến chủ đề bài học cụ thể : Grocery store, since, close by, pancake..


- Rèn kỹ năng đọc hiểu khai thác thông tin, kỹ năng làm việc theo cặp sắm vai v lm bi tp
dng in t.


<b>II. Chuẩn bị;</b>


-G.v : Bảng phụ phần bài tập điền từ
-Hs : Xem trớc bài, tra từ mới


<b>III. Tiến trình bài dạy;</b>
<b>1. Warm up</b> :


_Asking some questions to get good mostphere
* New lesson


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(70)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=70>

<b> 2.Presentation</b>


Pictures in the book page 63


- Help students to do the matching


Exlain new words
listen & repeat
read – correct


Practise reading in pairs
Remark verbs in eg
Form of present perfect?



? The use of present perfect
Remak the use of “since or fot”
Examples


Read the dialogue again in silence?
<b>3.Practice</b>


Complete in 4 groups


Choose the correct words to complete? –
correct


? The form & use of present perfect?
? Use of for & since.


<b>4.Production</b>


- Have Ps practrice in groups then call them
to pread each sentence i front of the class.
<b>5.Homework:</b>


- Remind Ps to study at home newwords
reread the text and prepare for the next
lesson part (Speak)


<b>I. getting started </b>


* Matching



a. Grocery store c.Wet market
b. Stadium e. hairdresser/s
d. Drugstore f.Swimming pool


<b>I. Listen and read </b>


<i>1. New words: </i>
- since ( adv)
- close by ( pre)
- serve ( v)


<i>2. Grammar: </i>


Present perfect tense


eg1: We have been here since last week
eg2: We have lived here for about 10 years


*Use: Thì hiện tại hoàn thành diễn tả hành
động bắt đầu trong Qk, tiếp tục đến hiện tại và
tơng lai ( sd với since/ for)


+ Since + a point of time ( date)
+ for + a period of time


<i>3. Complete the sentences </i>


a. New d. Restaurant


b. last week e. Here


c. Tired f. pancakes
<i>4. Choose the correct work </i>


a. He ( left/ has left) for London a year ago
b. She ( live/ has lived) in Hanoi for 20 years
c. I ( go/ went / have gone ) to HaLong bay last
week


d. We have learnt English ( since/ for )5 years
e. They have lived here ( since / for )1998
Ex 1/44: Study – Studied be –
been


See – seen


Ex 2/44: a. Since b. since


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(71)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=71>

Pre-date:
Tea-date:


<b>Period 40 - Week 13</b>

<b>- Correct the tests No 2</b>


<b>I .Mơc tiªu.</b>


- Nhằm chỉ ra những lỗi cơ bản mà các em gặp phảI trong bài kiểm tra cũng nh có đợc đánh
giá cụ thể q trình học tập của Hs


- Cịng qua tiÕt nµy tìm ra phơng pháp học tập hợp lý hơn trong thêi gian tiÕp theo


- Thông qua tiết kiểm tra giúp G.V phân loại Hs để có biện pháp kế hoạch cụ thể giúp các em
tiến bộ hơn trong học tập .



<b>II. ChuÈn bÞ</b> .


- G.v :Mét sè lỗi sai cơ bản, một số bài kiểm tra tốt & không tốt
- Hs ;Xem lại bài.


<b>III . Tiến trình bài dạy</b> .
<b>1. Warm up: </b>
<b>*Keys :</b>


I/


<b> Listening ( 2ps)</b>


1,A 2, C 3, B 4,A
II/


Reading (Đọc đoạn văn sau và trả lời câu hỏi. )(2 Ps )
Mỗi câu đúng đ ợc 1,0 điểm


<b> 1. Yes, he was</b>


2. They hoped that he would become a doctor
3. He wants to become a garbage collector
4. Because he only has to work one day a week
III/ Language focus ( 4 ps)


1/Chọn đáp án A hoặc B, C, D hoàn thành các câu sau. ( 2. Ps )
Mỗi câu đúng đợc 0,5 điểm



1. C. used to live


2. C. happily 3.4. D. to goB. said that


2/ Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc hoàn thành các câu sau. ( 2 Ps )
Mỗi câu đúng đ ợc 0,25 điểm


1,. did not go 3. to give


2. playing 4. to live


<b>IV/ Write</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(72)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=72>

Mỗi câu đúng đợc 0,5 điểm


1, Nam told Lan to open the door.
2,. I asked her to stay home.


3,. The doctor told me to stay in bed.


4. My friends suggested going to the movies.
2. Common mistakes .


-Students make mistakes in dictation
-Students write carelessfully


-Most students don’t know how to rewrite sentences well.
3.a. Pull out experiences .


The introdiction is not really clear


b.The way to make it better.


-Give more clear introduction next time.
<b>4.Direction of giving marks</b>


No need to change the marks
<b>5.Conclusion:</b>


Giái Kh¸ T.b YÕu KÐm


Pre-date:
Tea-date:


<i> </i>

<b>Unit 7 </b>

<b> My neighborhood</b>



<i>Week 14-</i>

Period 41- Speak and Listen


<b>I.Mơc tiªu; </b>


-Hs nắm đợc thủ tục gửi th hay bu phẩm tại bu điệnqua việc dùng các cấu trúc ngôn ngữ giữa
nhân viên th viện và khách hàng . Đồng thời hs làm quen với chủ đề về địa điểm, hoạt động ở
khu dân c.


- Hs rèn kỹ năng nói theo cặp về tình huống trong bu điện và kỹ năng nghe hiểu một đoạn hội
thoại dài và làm bài tập dạng Đúng / Sai.Qua đó hs làm quen với một ss từ vựng nh : surface
mail, weigh ( t) item, charge


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(73)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=73>

S + am/ is/ are – more + long adj than + N/Pro
<b>II ChuÈn bị;</b>


-G.v : Bảng phụ phần nghe


-Hs :xem trớc bài, tra từ mới
<b>III:Tiến trình bài dạy;</b>
<b>1.Warm up: </b>
*Check the old lesson :


+ Holding the class in order and check the old lesson.


<b>-</b> Call one pupil to write the previous vocabulary and one to read the text in front of the
class.


<b>-</b> + Check and give marks


<b>-</b> Write vocabulary


<b>-</b> Read the text again


<b> *New lesson</b>


<b>Teacher’s & Students’ activities</b> <b>Contents</b>
<b>2. Presentation</b>


* . Speaking
<i><b>* Pre-speaking</b></i>


+ Set the scene: Mrs. Kim wants to
send a parcel to Quy Nhon. Read the
dialogue to see how she send by airmail
or surface mail.


- Explain new words



- Guide Ps to read vocabulary.


? Retell the form how to use the
comparative adjectives


? Have Ps read in chorus ?
<b> 3.Practice</b>


<i><b>* While </b></i>–<i><b> speaking </b></i>


- Ask Ps to read the dialogue in pairs.
? Read the brocture & information?
- Have Ps make similar dialogue using
the brochure and the information in the
box.


- ? Ask Ps to work in pairs
<i><b>* Post </b></i>–<i><b> speaking </b></i>


<b>I. Speak</b>


<i><b>1. New words </b></i>
- surface mail (n)
- weigh ( v)
- weight ( n)
- item ( n)
- charge (n)
<i><b>2. Grammar:</b></i>



<i>* Comparative of adj ective</i>


S + am/is/ are + shost – adj – er ..
more – adj ….
Eg: I am taller than Huong
<i><b>3. Pratice the dialogue </b></i>
<i><b>4. Make similar dialogue </b></i>


P2: I want to send this latter to Kon Tum,
please?


P1: Do you want to send it airmail or surface
mail?


P2: I am not sure. How much is airmail?


P1: I’ll have to weigh it first. Twenty grams.
That’ll be 1,700 dong.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(74)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=74>

? Have Ps practice in pair in front of the
class.


- Listen to then and check mistakes if
necessary.


* . Listening
<i><b>* Pre-listening:</b></i>


+ Set the scene: Na is new to the
<i>neighborhood. She is talking with Nam</i>


<i>about what she is going to do on the</i>
<i>weekend. Look at the advertisement of</i>


<i>What</i>


“ <i>’s on this week?</i>
- Present some vocabulary.
- Read the information and the
advertisement.


<i><b>* While- listening</b></i>


? Guess the missing words
? Listen to fill in?


- Read sentences


? Listen to check in 4 groups
<b> 4.Production</b>


<i><b>* Post listening</b></i>
<b>5. Homework: </b>


- Remind Ps to study at home and
prepare for the next lesson


P1: Surface mail is much cheaper. It’s only 800
dong.


P2: It’s better. I’ll send it surface mail.


P1: All right.


<b>II. Listen</b>


<i><b>1. New words</b></i>
- contest (n)
- performance (n)
- kick off (n)


<i><b>2. Fill in the blank</b></i>
1. The Newcomer
2. Town ground
3. English speaking club
4. Cultural House


3<i><b>. Listen and check the correct box</b></i>
a. T d. T


b. F e. T


c. F f. No – Information


Listen to the conversation again and check ()
the correct box for T or F or No information


Pre-date:...
Tea-date:


Unit 7

<b> My neighborhood</b>


<b> Week 14 - Period 42 -Read</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(75)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=75>

-Hs đợc cung cấp những thông tin về một khu trung tâm thơng mại qua các từ, cụm từ nh :
mall (n), roof (n), convenient (a), humid (n), customer (n), comfort (n), resident (n) .Đồng
thời tìm hiểu kỹ hơn về thì hiện tại hồn thành.


<b>-</b> Hs rèn kỹ năng đọc hiểu dạng Đúng / Sai và trả li cõu hi.
<b>II Chun b :</b>


-G.v :Bảng phụ phần Đúng Sai và trả lời câu hỏi.
II Chuẩn bị :


-G.v : Bảng phụ phần Đúng / Sai .
-Hs : Xem trớc bài, tra từ mới
<b>III. Tiến trình bài dạy </b>
1.Warm up :
* Check the old lesson


-Call one pupil to writye some words on the bb.
- Pupil write words on the bb


- surface mail (n) - charge (n)
- weigh ( v) - contest (n)
- weight ( n) - kick off (n)
- item ( n) - performance (n)


* New lesson


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2. Pre- reading.</b>


* Preteach vocabulary.


- Read the text once then explain the
meanings of some vocabularies


- Guide Ps to read in chorus


- Call Ps to read again in front of the
class.


+ Checking vocabulary by <i><b>Rub out and</b></i>
<i><b>remember</b></i>


<i>* Set the scene: In Nam</i>’s neighborhood,
there is a new shopping mall. Read
information about it then find the
convenience of the mall.


- Ask Ps to read the text silently and
compare their ideas or get more


<b>Read</b>


<i><b>1. New words</b></i>
- mall (n)
- roof (n)


- convenient (a)
- humid (n)
- customer (n)


- comfort (n)
- resident (n)
<i><b>2. Read: </b></i>


- the same + (n) + as
- different from
<i><b>3. True or False?</b></i>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(76)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=76>

information.
+ Give feed back.


- Have Ps look at the statements in the
exercise 1 page 68.


- Make sure they understand the
statements.


3- While-reading


- Get them to read the text again and
dicide which statements are True or False.
- Have Ps correct the false statements.


<i>* Comprehension questions</i>


- Ask Ps to work in pairs to answer the
questions in exercise 2 on page 68.


- Call some pairs to practice in front of the
class.



<b>4-Post-reading </b>


<i>* Discussion:- Give sitution.</i>


“Do you want to have a new mall in your
neighborhood? If there is one, what will
happen to the residents?”


Have Ps copy these phrases:


<b>5.Homework: </b>


- Remind Ps to study new words at home
and prepare for the next lesson.


a. The mall is open daily
b. there are 50 stores in
the mall


c. not everyone is pleased
about the new mall


d. It will be more
comfortable to shop


inthe mall...


e. Some of the stores on
Tran Phu Street may have


to close.










<i><b>4. Answer</b></i>


a. It is very different from the present shopping
area. All the shops are under the roof. That will
be very convenient, especially during the hot
and humid summer months. Customers will
shop in comfort and won’t notice the weather
b. In the shopping mall, there are 50 air –
conditioned specially stores, 4 movie theaters
and 10 restaurants there is also a children’s play
area.


c. They think the new shopping mall will take
their business.


d. The stores in the mall will offer a wider
selection of products. Some kinds of goods at
cheaper prices.


<i>- Under one roof</i>


<i>- shop in comfort</i>


<i>- Have been concern about</i>
<i>- offer a wider selection</i>
<i>- take their business</i>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(77)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=77>

Pre-date:...
Tea-date:


<b>Unit 7 </b>

<b> My neighborhood</b>



Period 43- week 14- Write + Language focus 5
<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Hs ôn lại cấu trúc so sánh và làm quen với cách viết các mẩu thơng báo . qua đó bổ xung
mốt số từ vựng liên quan đến chủ đề bài học cụ thể là :effect, hardware, contact, hall…..
-Hs rèn kỹ năng thực hành viết một mẩu thông báo theo mẫu cho sẵn dùng thông tin gợi ý.
<b>II.Chuẩn b;</b>


-G.v : Bảng phụ phần viết .


-Hs : Xem trớc bµi, tra tõ míi
III.TiÕn trình bài dạy;


1.Warm up :
* Checking the old lesson


- Call two Ps to write the words and read the text then answer some questions.
<i>? What is special about the new shopping mall?</i>



- Read the text carefully


- a. It is very different from the present shopping area. All the shops are under the roof……..
*New lesson.


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


2.Pre –<b> writing.</b>
Activty 1:


- Preteach some vocabulary.


- Give some new vocabulary and guide Ps to
read carefully in chorus.


- Call Ps to read again in front of the class.


3.While-writing


+ Get Ps to read the notice and answer some
questions to check their inderstanding:


? a. Why are the residents and stores owners
on Tran Phu Street going to hold a meeting?
?b. When will they hold a meeting? What
time?


?c. Where will they hold a meeting?



<b>I. Write</b>


<i><b>1. New words</b></i>
- effect (n)
- hard ware (n)
- contact (v)
- hill (n)


<i><b>2. Read the communicaty notice</b></i>


a. to discuss the new effects of the new mall.
b. They will hold the meeting on May 20 at 8
pm.


c. At Hang Dao Street, Binh’s hardware store.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(78)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=78>

- Call Ps to practice in pairs in front of the
class.


+ Have Ps to use the similar format to write
the a notice about the English Speaking
contest on page 68.


- Call some Ps to read their answers in front
of the class.


<b> *Post-writing </b>


- Get Ps to write the notice individually
- Monitor and help then write



- Ask Ps to share with their parners.
- Check some notice and correct them.
<b>4. Production</b>


-Retell the way to write a notice
Activity 2:


* Language focus 5


-Notice: - ...the same + N + as ....
- ... different from...


... (not) as ... as ....


+ Look at the pictures. Complete the
sentences use the words in the box. You will
have to use some words more than one


<b>5.Homework: </b>


- Remind Ps to study at home and prepare
for the next lesson.


teach’s day


- Date: November 15


- Time: 7.30 p.m to 10.00 p.m
- Place: Hall 204, buiding G



- Please contact Tran Thi Thu Hang of class
8H at the above address for more information.
<i><b>4. Write the notice about your class meeting</b></i>
<i><b>and ore your sports club meeting.</b></i>


The sports club (meeting )


Holding a sports contest to celebrate the
Teachers’ Day


Date: ....
Time: ....
Place: ....


Please contact: ....


5. Complete the sentences
c. not as cheap as


d. the same as
e. as expensive as
f. different from
g. as long as


h. not as modern as
i. not as cheap as


- Ps to practice in pairs in front of the class



- Listen to remember to do all at home,well.


Pre-date:...
Tea-date:


<b>Period 44 </b>

<b> week 15 </b>



<b> Languague focus</b>
<b> I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Giúp Hs ơn lại và hiểu rõ hơn về cấu trúc cũng nh cách sử dụng của thì hiện tại hồn thành
từ đó áp dụng vào thực tế giao tiếp .


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(79)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=79>

- Rèn kỹ năng làm các bài tập chia động từ, điền từ v so sỏnh
<i> II.Chun b;</i>


-G.v :Bảng phụ phần điền từ .
-Hs : Xem trớc bài, tra từ mới .
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy;</b>


<b>1.Warm up : </b>
*Chatting to get good mostphere


<b> * New lesson</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2. Presentation</b>
* Matching:



- Stick a poster of infinitives and Past
Participles on the board.


- Divide the class in to two teams.


- Get students from two teams to write
each pair of infinitive-past participle on
the board.


- Have ps repeat the words in chorus.
+ Explain how to use <i><b>since</b></i> and <i><b>for</b></i>. Ask
Ps to complete the expressions using <i><b>for</b></i>
and <i><b>since</b></i>


<b>3.Practice.</b>


- Call Ps to practice in front of the class.
+ Have Ps complete the sentences. Use
the present perfect form of the verbs in
brackets.


- Ask Ps to work in pairs or in groups to
do this exercise.


* Set the scene: Na is new in Nam
neighborhood. They are talking to each
other. Give students an open dialogue
between Nam and Na then ask them to
complete it.



- Call some pairs to prsactice the


<b> Ex-1. Match </b>


Be – been see – seen


Go – gone write – written
Eat – eaten work – worked


Live – lived collect – collected
Ex-2. Complete Use for/ since“ ”


- for 5 minutes for – three hours
- since January for – 10 weeks
- since 1990 since Friday
- for the summer for 20 years


<b>Ex-3. Complete the sentences</b>
b. haven’t eaten


c. haven’t seen
d. have attended
e. has worked
f. has collected


<b>Ex -4. Complete </b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(80)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=80>

dialogue in front of the class.
<b>4.Production. </b>



* Role playing
<b>5.Homework.</b>


- Remind Ps to study at home and
prepare for the next lesson.


-Write 4 sentences using the present
perfect tense .


3. have..lived 7. Have ..been


4. is 8. Have seen


*Role play the dialogue page
- Listen and remember.


Pre-date:...
Tea-date:


<i><b>Period 45 </b></i>

<i><b> Week 15</b></i>



<b>Unit 8- Country life and city life</b>



<b> </b>

<b>Getting started and Listen and read</b>


<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Hs ơn lại, mở rộng chủ đề thành thị, nông thôn qua các hoạt động và từ vựng trong bài nh :
entertainment, traffic jam, pollution….effect, hardware, contact, hall.. ... Từ đó Hs so sánh
một cách đơn giản về sự khác nhau giữa thành thị và nông thôn .



- Hs rèn kỹ năng phân loại từ theo chủ đề,đồng thời nâng cao kỹ năng luyện tập, mở rộng
đoạn hi thoi .


<b>II. Chuẩn bị;</b>


<b>-</b> G.v : Tranh phần vào bµi


<b>-</b> Hs : Xem tríc bµi, tra tõ míi
<b>III . Tiến trình bài dạy;</b>


1.Warm up :
* Discussion


+ Have Ps work in groups to find out the differences between the country and the city


- Call some PS to talk about them and makes the list about those differences in front of the
class ( Free in about 5 minutes )


<b> * New lesson.</b>


<b>Teacher’s & Students’ activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2. Presentation.</b>


<b>* Pre-teach vocabulary.</b>


<b>I. Getting Started </b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(81)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=81>

- Read given words



- Make snetences with them
- Explain new words


- Read – correct


+ Checking buy rub out and remember.
- Examples?


- Listen again


<b>3. Practice</b>


+ Have practice in pairs the dialogue
- Call some pairs to practice in front of the
class.


- Read questions


- Check Ps’ understanding about the
questions.


- Ask them to practce asking and
answering in pairs.


-Call some pairs to practice in front of tha
class.


- Check any mistakes if necessary.
<b>4.Production.</b>



? Talk about the changes of your town ?
Using present progressive – with “ get
and become”


The city has more tall buildings than the
country…


- short adj + er


- Long adj: more + long adj


<b>II. Listen and read </b>


<i><b>1. New words </b></i>
- permanently ( adv)
- remote (a)


- facility ( n)
- accessible (a)
- definitely (adv )
- peacefull ( adj)
- medical (adj)
- relative ( n)


<i>+ Practice reading vocabulary.</i>
<i><b>2. Grammar:</b></i>


<i>+ Present progressive </i>
S + am/ is/ are + V_ing + ( o)



- Show the changes with <i><b>get</b></i> and <i><b>become</b></i>
- Be getting/becoming + Adj-ER/more Adj
E.g1: The buidings are getting more


E.g 2: The town is getting noiser
<i><b>3. Pratice the dialogue: </b></i>


<i><b>* 3 or 4 pairs</b></i>



<i><b>4. Answer the questions</b></i>


a. Na has been to the countryside / Kim Lien
villge


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(82)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=82>

<b>5.Homework.</b>


- Ask Ps to write a short passage to tell
why theyprefer the city or country life.


neigh borhood.


- Remember to do all at home well


Pre-date:...
Tea-date:


<b>Unit 8 Country life and city life</b>


<b>Period 46-Week 15: Speak and Language focus 3,4,5</b>
<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Trong tiết học này học sinh sẽ có cơ hội thực hành so sánh với tính từ ở mức độ hơn và hơn
với thì hiện tại tiễp diễn để miêu tả sự thay đổi trong cuộc sống S + is/ am/ are + getting/
becoming + adj (er)- Comparative: - short adj + er


- more + long adj .


- Học sinh phát triển và nâng cao kĩ năng Nói để miêu tả là chủ yếu.
- Liên hệ với thực tế với nơI mình sinh sống hay xung quanh thôn bản.
<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>


<b>-</b> Gv- Pictures, Posters of the lesson.


<b>-</b> Hs- Fore see the new the lesson.
<b>III.Tiến trình dạy-học;</b>


<b>1.Warm up: </b>
* Brain storming:


- Have Ps write as many adjectives as they can on the board.
<i><b>- hot- noisy- dirty - large - busy - tall</b></i>


<i><b>- beautiful - modern</b></i> <i><b>- clean</b></i>
<b> * New lesson.</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Pre-speaking.</b>


* Present new language:



- Explain how to use present


<b>III. Speak.</b>


<b>1. Grammar </b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(83)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=83>

progressive to talk about the changes.
- Give examples to illustrate.


E.g:


- The town is becoming busier.
- The streets are getting cleaner


<b>-</b> Have Ps look at the two pictures
and ask them to show the
differences between them.


<b>-</b> Ask Ps these questions:


? Find out five thing in the pictures that
are different from each other.


? What are they?
<b>3.While-speaking.</b>


+ Have Ps work in pair to talk about th
changes in the pictures



- Call some Ps to practice in front of
the class.


+ Ask them to practice talking about
the changes in their home town.


- Guide and have Ps work in groups.
- Call Ps to practice in front of the
class.


- Have Ps work in pairs to make up
sentences using the comparative
adjectives


- Ask Ps read the advertisements and
compare the three house.


<b>4.Production.</b>


- Call Ps to retell the main grammar
structures of the lesson.


+ S + is/ am/ are + getting/ becoming + adj (er)
- Comparative: - short adj + er


- move + long adj


<b>2. Work with a partner to talk about the</b>
<b>changes of the town </b>



- Th traffic is getting busier


- There are move tall buildings & houses
- The houses are getting more modern
- The town is becoming more becutiful


<b>3. The changes in your home town. </b>
- The streets are getting larger


- The goods are becoming more expensive
- It is getting noisier & busier.


- The town is becoming more beautiful.
………….


<i><b>*Language focus. </b></i>


<b>3. Complete the sentences </b>
b. The old men are getting weak


c. We should go home. It is getting dark
d. the weather is becoming cold


e. The S’s are getting better


f. The shool yard is becoming clesner
<b>4. Make comparisons </b>


- Short adj: Adj – er than ..
- Long adj: more+ adj + than



eg1: The food in the city is more expensive than in
the country


- Traffic in the city is busier than in the country
<b>5. Look at the advertisements </b>


- Listen to the teacher and do it home well.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(84)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=84>

<b>5.Homework.</b>


- Remind Ps to study at home and
prepare for the next lesson.


- Remember to do at home all.


Pre-date:...
Tea-date:


<b>Unit 8: Country life and city life</b>


<b>Period 47-Week :16 Listen & Language focus 1,2</b>


<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Hs tiếp tục chủ đề về thành thị và nông thôn . Đồng thời ôn lại dạng thức so sánh hơn cua
tính từ ngắn và tính từ dài .


- Hs năng cao kỹ năng nghe hiểu dạng điền thơng tin nghe đợc hồn thành đoạn hội thoạ. Kỹ
năng làm các bài tập thực hành theo nhúm, cp.



<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>


-G.v : bảng phụ phần nghe :
-Hs : Xem trớc bài, tra từ mới
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy;</b>


<b>1.Warm up: </b>


- Check the old leson :


-Make 2 examples with “get ‘ and “ become”
- Check and correct


* New lesson.


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2. Pre-Listening.</b>
-Introduction


- Have Ps look at the dialogue and read
it.


- Ask them to guess the word in each
bracket.


<b>I. Listen.</b>


<b>1. Listen to fill in the missing words.</b>



<b>- Look at the dialogue then think of the</b>
missing words. Then guess.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(85)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=85>

<b>3.While-listening.</b>


- Have Ps listen to the tape three times.
- Ask them to give the answers.


- Call Ps to practice the dialogue in front
of the class.


<b>4.Post-listening.</b>


+ Have Ps make a similar dialogue use
the promts of the dialogue above


+ Have Ps read the dialogues a and b in
front of the class.


- Have Ps work in pairs to make similar
dialogues


- Have Ps practice talking about the
shipping information


- Call some apairs Ps to practice in front
of the class.


- Check any mistakes if necessary.



- Have Ps work in pairs complete the
dialogues and practice in front of the
class.


- Have Ps read the words in the box then
complete the sentences.


<b>5.Home work.</b>


2. this 9. Thursday
3. It’s 10. late


4. where 11. afternoon
5. form 12. speak
6. coming 13. my


7. week 14


<b>- Work in pairs to make similar dialogues.</b>
<b>*Language focus 1.</b>


<b>1. Read the dialogues</b>


P1: Is the boat to Quy Nhon leaving at 11.30?
E.g 1:


P2: Is that good fortune?
P1: That’s right.



P2: I’m very sorry. It’s been delayed.
P1: Oh no!


P2: Now, it’s leaving at 13.55
E.g 2:


P1: Is the boat from Ca mau arriving at 11.00?
P2: Are you talking about Diamond Eyes?
P1: Yes


P2: It’s arriving on time.


- Listen and copy into the note book.


<b>*Language focus 2.</b>


<b>2. Complete the dialogues. Use the verbs in</b>
<b>the present progressive tense.</b>


1. are doing 2. am watching
3. am practicing 4. are cleaning
5. am having.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(86)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=86>

Learn by heard all new words & do
Ex4,5 ( P44-45 )


- Lis ten and remember to do at home all.


Pre-date:...
Tea-date:



<b>Unit 8: Country life and city life</b>
<b>Period 48 -Week 16: READ </b>


<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Trong tiết học này Hs đọc đợc bài hiểu đợc nội dung bài đọc và vận dụng đợc từ mới vào bài
học. “- rural - well – paying - plentiful - struggle - flood - drought - Increase - over crowding
– strain”.


- Học sinh phát triển kĩ năng đọc hiểu lấy thông tin là chủ yếu.
<b>II.Chuẩn b;</b>


-G.v : bảng phụ phần nghe :
-Hs : Xem trớc bài, tra từ mới
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy;</b>


<b>1.Warm up: </b>


<i><b>*Eliciting questions. </b></i>


? Do you think many people move to live in the city?
? Why do they want to go to the city?


? What problems may arise when so many people move to the city?
<b> *New lesson.</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b>
<b>2.Pre-reading.</b>



<i><b>*Activity1</b></i>.


- Present new vocabulary.
- Help Ps to read words one.


<b>Contents</b>


<i><b>V. read.</b></i>


<b>1. New words: </b>
- rural (a)


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(87)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=87>

- Guide Ps to read in chorus.


- Call some Ps to practice in front of the
class.


<i><b>*Activity2</b></i>.


- Checking by rub out and remember.
- Have Ps look at the text and read it.
<b>3.While-reading.</b>


+ Have Ps works in groups to find out the
missing words in the paragraph using the
wordsm in the text.


- Ask them to give the answers.


- Call Ps to practice the text in front of the


class.


+ Have Ps read the text again and find out
the words that mean:


a. Of the countryside
b. as many as needed
c. become greater or larger
d. a geat pressure


e. a terrible event


f. of the city or city life.
- Check and correct if needed.
<b>4.Post-reading.</b>


- Call Ps to retell the main contents of the
lesson before the class.


<b>5.Homework. </b>


-Remind Ps to study at home and prepare for


- struggle (n)
- typhoon (n)
- flood (n)
- drought (n)
- Increase (n)
- over crowding (n)
- strain (n)



- urban (n)
- migrant (n)


<b>1. Complete the summing </b>
<i><b>* Answer keys.</b></i>


1. leaving 6. problems
2. home 7. school
3. city 8. problems
4. rural 9. problem


5. city 10. world


- Listen and check your self,then copy.


<b>2. Find the word in the passage that mean </b>
<i><b>* Answer keys.</b></i>


a. rural
b. plentiful
c. increase
d. strain
e. tragedy
f. urban


- Listen and check your self,then copy.


-Stand up and tell the class the main contents
of the text,you ‘ve read.



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(88)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=88>

the next lesson. Learn by heart the dialogue
and read the section <i><b>Write</b></i>


- Listen and remember to do all at home .


Pre-date:...
Tea-date:


<b>Unit 8: Country life and city life</b>
<b>Period 49-Week 16: Write</b>


<b>I.Môc tiªu; </b>


- Trong tiết học này các em vận dụng kiến thức của bản thân vào viết đợc bức th cho bạn kể về
khu xóm của mình đang sống .Và kể về thói quen của bản thân theo phong cách viết th ngời
Anh . “Heading + Writers address + Date+ Dear”


- Opneing
- Body of letter
- Closing
- Hs chủ yếu phát triển kĩ năng Viết,viết một bức th theo ngời Anh.
- Qua liên hệ thực tế giúp các em chủ động tích cực hơn trong học tập.
<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>


<b>-</b> Gv- Big sheet of the paper. Form of the letter.


<b>-</b> Hs- Fore see the lesson before at home.
<b>III.TiÕn tr×nh d¹y-häc;</b>



<b>1.Warm up: </b>


<b> *New lesson.</b>


<b>T’s & St,s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Pre-writing.</b>


- Have Ps look at the text book and read the
out line then compare with the one in Unit 5
again then have them put the out line in order.


<i><b>VI. Write.</b></i>


<i><b>1. Put the outline for an infomal letter in</b></i>
<i><b>the correct order .</b></i>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(89)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=89>

- Have Ps read the out line then correct if
necessary.


- Have Ps work in groups of four students to
write a leeter by answering the questions
below:


<b>3.While-writing.</b>


- Guide Ps to the letter by the questions given.
<i>? Where do you live?</i>


<i>? What does your house look like?</i>



<i>? What can you see from tyour bedroom</i>
<i>window?</i>


<i>? How far is it from your house to school?</i>
<i>? How do you get to school?</i>


<i>? What kinds of facilities are there in your</i>
<i>neighborhood?</i>


<i>? What thing in your neighborhood do you</i>
<i>like best? Why?</i>


+ Call some Ps to read their letter in front of
the class.


- Check Ps’ mistakes if necessary.
+ Ask Ps some questions:


- Do you have any best friends?
- Where does he/she live?


- Do you often write to her/him?
<b>4.Post-writing.</b>


+ Have Ps write a letter to their friends to tell
her/him about the changes in the
neighborhood they live.


+ Date


+ Dear
- Opneing


- Body of letter
- Closing


2. Write a letter :
……….


………..
<i>Dear…</i>


<i>I live in a small village in YB province. It is</i>
<i>near the Flow River. My family has a small</i>
<i>house with 4 rooms. My sister and I share</i>
<i>one room. Outside my window There is a</i>
<i>beautiful garden with trees, flowers,</i>
<i>vegetables and a pond. We don’t live far</i>
<i>from my school so I can walk there. In my</i>
<i>neighborhood there is a stadium and a nice</i>
<i>park. On the weekend I play badminton</i>
<i>with my friends, but the thing I like best in</i>
<i>my neighborhood is the library near my</i>
<i>school </i>–<i> there I can not only study, read</i>
<i>books, but also watch videos and learn how</i>
<i>to use the computer. </i>


<i>Do you have a library like that in your</i>
<i>neighborhood? </i>



<i>Is there any thing interesting where you</i>
<i>live? </i>


<i>Write to ..</i>


<i>I’d like to say goodbye now. I’m looking</i>
<i>forwards to hearing from you soon </i>


<i>Sincerely.</i>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(90)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=90>

<b>5.Homework: </b>


- Remind Ps to study at home and prepare for
the next lesson.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(91)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=91>

Pre-date:...
Tea-date


<b>«n tËp ( 1)</b>



<b>Period 50-Week 17</b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Học sinh sẽ ơn lại các thì ngữ pháp đã đợc học trong trong hai đơn vị bài học và áp dụng làm
đợc các bài tập chia đơng từ với các thì ngữ pháp va ụn tp.


- Học sinh phát triển kĩ năng t duy logic,tổng hợp
<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>



- Gv- Poster of exercise .
- Hs- Review the lesson.
<b>III.Tiến trình dạy-học;</b>


<b>1.Warm-up : </b>


<b>*Call one Ps to retell the how to use the “ Present simple tense, Present progressive </b>
<b>tense ,Past simple, Present perfect tense </b>”


<b> *New lesson.</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Presentation.</b>


+ Have Ps retell the tenses they’ve learnt.
- Ask them to tell the use of each one.


- Help Ps to remember the use of each tense
carefully then give examples to illustrate.


- Have Ps copy them make up sentences.
<b>3.</b>


<b> Practice.</b>


Have Ps practice to talk about the actions
using each tenses


- Give Ps an exercise:



* Complete the sentences with the correct
form of verbs in brackets


<b>1. Present simple tense </b>
- Use


- Form: + be : S + am/ is /are + ( o)
+ V: S + V ( s/es)+ ( o)
- Adv: always, usually, simetimes.
<b>2. Present progressive tense.</b>
- Use:


- Form: S + ia/ am/ are + V ing + (o)
- adv: now, at the moment


<b>3. Past simple </b>
- Use


- Form: S + v – past + (o)


- Adv: tomorrow, next + N of time
<b>4. Present perfect tense: </b>


- Use:


- Form: S+ have/ has+ PII + (o)
- Adv: Since + point of time


for + aperiod of time



* Complete the sentences with the correct
form of Vs


a. My brother often goes ( go) to work by
bike.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(92)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=92>

- Ask Ps to work in pairs and in groups to do
exercise.


<b>4.Production.</b>


- Ask Ps to make up as many senteces as they
can using the tenses above.


<b>5.Homework. </b>


- Remind Ps to study at home and prepare for
the next lesson.


yesterday.


c. Next Sunday my school will hold ( hold)
are english spaeking contest.


d. We are doing ( do) exercises now
e. We have lived ( live ) here for 15 years.


- Review the lesson at home.



Pre-date:...
Tea-date:


<b>ôn tập ( 2)</b>



<b>Period 51-Week 17</b>

<b>:</b>


<b>I.Mục tiêu;</b>


- Trong tiết học này Hs đợc ôn tập và sử dụng với các “modal verbs” để đa ra các lời đề
nghị,cũng nh trong câu trần thuật, “Gerund+ V_ing, reported speech, modal verbs


- Học sinh phát triển kĩ năng t duy logic,tổng hợp


- áp dụng bài tập Hs phát triển kĩ năng Nói Viết là chủ yếu.
<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>


- Gv- Poster of exercise .
- Hs- Review the lesson.
<b>III.Tiến trình dạy-học;</b>


<b>1.Warm-up : </b>


<b> *New lesson.</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Presentation.</b>


+ Retell the use of each structures.


- Explain how to use each one


<b>1. Modals </b>


Can, may, could, should ..
Modal + V – inf


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(93)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=93>

- Have Ps copy them make up sentences.


- Have Ps practice to talk about the actions
using each structures


<b>3.</b>


<b> Practice.</b>


- Give Ps an exercise:


* Complete the sentences with the correct
form of verbs in brackets


- Ask Ps to work in pairs and in groups to do
exercise.


<b>4.Production.</b>


- Ask Ps to make up as many senteces as they
can using the structures above.


- Before N:



- There are enough chais for us to sit
- After adj:


She is tall enough to take the hat on the wall
<b>3. Preposition: </b>


<b>4. Gerund: V- ing </b>


- After pres, fres, feeling verbs…
- eg1: I like watching TV


<b>5. Reported speech: </b>
- Command, requests:


+ Direct speech: +) V- inf + ( o)
+) Can/ could you …


+ Reported speech: tell/ ask + sb + to +
V-inf + (o)


eg1: Lan said to Nga “Can you speak up ? ”
- Lan asked Nga to speak up


- Advice:


+ Direct speech:


S+ should + V – inf + (o)
+ Reported speech:



- Advise + sb + to + V- inf + (o)
S + should + V – inf + (o)


eg1: “ The doctor said to me “ You should
stay in bed”


- The doctor advised me to stay in bed
- The doctor said I should stay in bed


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(94)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=94>

<b>5.Homework.</b>


- Remind Ps to study at home and prepare for
the next lesson.


- Revise all structures in lesson .


Pre-date:...
Tea-date:


<b>ôn tập ( 3)</b>



<b>Period 52-Week 17:</b>



<b>I.Mục tiêu;</b>


- Trong tiết học này Hs đợc ôn tập và sử dụng với các thì vá các cấu trúc “Present progressive
to talk about future actions.”Structure: - S + Is/am/are + V_ing + O


- Comparative adjectives and adverbs


.


- áp dụng bài tập Hs phát triển kĩ năng Nói qua hoạt động quan sát phán đoán là chủ yếu.
<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>


- Gv- Poster of exercise .
- Hs- Review the lesson.
<b>III.Tiến trình dạy-học;</b>


<b>1.Warm-up : </b>


<b> *New lesson.</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(95)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=95>

<b>2.Presentation.</b>


+ Have Ps retell the use of the present
continuous tense.


- Explain how to use it again
- Give examples to illustrate.


- Explain how to use the present continuous to
express the future action.


- Have Ps copy them and make up sentences.


- Have Ps practice to talk about the actions
using each structures


- Give Ps situations and words cues:


<b>3.</b>


<b> Practice.</b>


* Complete the sentences with the words
given.


a. Nam/ tall


b. The weather/ cold
c. The earth/ hot
d. The city/ beautiful


- Ask Ps to work in pairs and in groups to do
exercise.


+ Explain how to use the comparative and
superlative adjectives


<b>I.The Present Continuous Tense used for</b>
<b>future actions:</b>


1. For a plan, an intension in the future.
Use with expression of time.


Form: - S + Is/am/are + V_ing + O


Ex: My wife has an appointment with a
doctor. She <i><b>is seeing</b></i> doctor Nam <i><b>next</b></i>
<i><b>Tuesday</b></i>.



- Ba has already made his plan. He <i><b>is</b></i>
<i><b>leaving</b></i> at noon <i><b>tomorrow</b></i>.


- What are you going to do this afternoon?
- After lunch I am seeing a friends of mine.
We are going shopping. Would you like to
come along?


2. Get and Become express the changing
happening.


Form: ...is/am/are + getting/becoming +
adj-ER and adj-ER


Ex. Hurry up, Nam. It is getting darker and
darker.


Loan is fat. She is on diet. She is getting
-My mother is getting better after a long
illness.


- Young people are becoming more and
more politically aware these days.


<b>II.Comparative</b> <b>and</b> <b>superlative</b>
<b>adjectives.</b>


<i><b>1. Comparative:</b></i>



EX. Nam is <i><b>taller than</b></i> Ba


Ex. A car is <i><b>more expensive than </b></i>a
motorbike.


<i><b>2. Superlative:</b></i>
* Short adjective.


Ex. Loan is <i><b>the tallest </b></i>student in her class.
<i>* Long adjective.</i>


Ex. Loan is <i><b>the most intelligent </b></i>in her
class.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(96)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=96>

<b>4.Production.</b>


- Ask Ps to make up as many senteces as they
can using the structures above.


<b>5.Homework:</b>


- Remind Ps to study at home and prepare for
the next lesson.


- Review and prepare for the lesson.


Pre-date:...
Tea-date:


<b> </b>

<b>«n tËp ( 4)</b>




<b>Period 53-Week 18:</b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Trong tiết học này Hs đợc tổng hợp lại toàn bộ kiến thức trọng tâm của học kì một và áp
dụng làm các bài tập .


- Hs phát triển tính chủ động và thực tế cao giữa lý thuyết và thực hành.
<b>II.Chuẩn bị; </b>


- Gv- Pictures, poster, textbook.
- Hs- Review the knowledge.
<b>III.Tiến trình dạy-học;</b>


<b>1.Warm up: </b>
*New lesson.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(97)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=97>

<b>2.Presentation.</b>


+ Have Ps retell the tenses they’ve learnt.


- Ask them to tell the use of each one.


- Help Ps to remember the use of each tense
carefully then give examples to illustrate.


Have Ps copy them make up sentences.
<b>3.</b>



<b> Practice.</b>


- Have Ps practice to talk about the actions
using each tenses


- Give Ps an exercise:


* Complete the sentences with the correct form
of verbs in brackets


- Ask Ps to work in pairs and in groups to do
exercise.


4.Production.


- Ask Ps to make up as many senteces as they
can using the tenses above.


<b>I. Tenses: </b>


1. Present simple tense:


a. The engines… ( make ) a little of noise
b.The sea … ( cover ) two – third of the
world


c. Loud music.. ( give ) me a headache
d. Oranges … ( be ) rich in vitamin C


a. make c. gives



b. Covers d. are
<b>2. Present progressive tense</b>
3. Past simple tense


4. Future tense


5. Present perfect tense
<b>II. Reported speech </b>
<b>1. Command, request</b>
<b>2. Advice </b>


* Note: T2<sub> + gt – i ngụi ( t1 T3)</sub>


- Đổi thì of ®t


<b>III. Used to + V </b>–<b> inf</b>: đã từng thờng
xuyên xảy ra trong quá khứ khơng cịn ở
hiện tại.


Eg1: I used to cook meals


(-) S+ didn’t + used to + v – inf
( ?) Did + s + used to + V- inf ?


<b>IV.Prepositions: in, on, at, after, between </b>
1. In + Year ( in 1990)


month ( in June )
2. on + date: ( on 17th<sub> )</sub>



date:, month, year ( on June 2nd,
2007)


day ( on Monday )
3. at + time ( at 5 pm)


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(98)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=98>

<b>5.Homework. </b>


- Remind Ps to study at home and prepare for
the next lesson


3. Tim came round ..in the afternoon


4. The children get too many presents at
Christmas


5. We usually take our holiday in september
6. She was born in Australia ..in 1952


- Review and prepare for the test.


Pre-date:
Tea-date:




<i><b>Week 18 Period 54</b></i>

<b>Written test for the first term</b>






<b>I .Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Trong tiết kiểm tra nhằm đánh giá đợc kết quả học tập của học sinh
để từ đó có những điều chỉnh bổ sung kịp thời.Cũng qua bài kiểm tra
sẽ tìm ra những em có năng khiếu để bồi dỡng và phụ dạo các em yếu
kém kịp thời.


- Qua bài kiểm tra giáo dục các em tÝnh tù gi¸c tù lËp trong häc tËp.


- Mục tiêu đề ra là 90% học sinh đạt từ TB trở lên trong đó 32% khá,Giỏi.


<b>II.ChuÈn bÞ;</b>


- Gv-Ra đề kiểm tra-đáp án- thang điểm.
- Hs- Ơn bài chu dáo bút tốt.


<b>III.TiÕn tr×nh kiĨm tra;</b>


<b>1.Warm up</b>:


<b> * Ma trËn </b>


<b>Tªn chđ</b>


<b>đề</b> <b>Nội dung cần kiểm tra</b> <b>Nhậnbiết</b>
<b>45%</b>
<b>Thông</b>
<b>hiểu</b>
<b>35%</b>
<b>Vận dụng</b>


20%
Cđ t cđ c


Céng
100%

<b>Pronunci</b>



<b>ation</b>



-to pronounce : - i


-0 Sè c©u 2Số điểm


1,0
Số câu:2
Số điểm:1,0
(10%)

<b>Reading</b>


1.True or
false?


-An adventisement about


a film of the cinema Sè c©u 3
Sè ®iĨm
1,5
Sè c©u
1
Sè ®iĨm
0,5


Sè câu:4
Số điểm:2,0
(20%)
<b>Language</b>
<b>focus</b>
1.Choose
the best
anwers
2.put the


-Pronoun of reflexive
-Prepositions of time
-Gerund


-The present perfect


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(99)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=99>

verb in the
correct
tense


-The past simple tense
-The present simple

<b>Writing</b>


-Rewrite
sentences
using
suggested
words
-Write 2
sentences

with
get/become


Reported speech :
-advice with Should
-commands with Can


-Get/Become to express
the dividual changing


Số
câu
2
Số
điểm
1
Số
câu
2
Số
điểm
1


Số câu 4
Số điểm:2
(20%)

<b>Total</b>

Số
câu:10
Số
điểm5,0

Số câu:5
Sốđiểm:
3,0
Số
câu
2
Số
điểm
1,0
Số
câu
2
Số
điểm
1,0
Số câu:19
Sốđiểm:
10


<b>* </b>

<b>Néi dung kiĨm tra</b>



<i><b>I.</b></i><b>Khoanh trịn 1từ có phần gạch chân đợc phiên âm khác với các từ còn lại. </b><i><b> ( 1 điểm)</b></i>
1/ s<i><b>o</b></i>ciable m<i><b>o</b></i>bile f<i><b>o</b></i>lk m<i><b>o</b></i>ther tongue


2/ <i><b>e</b></i>nroll ups<i><b>e</b></i>t <i><b>e</b></i>scape <i><b>e</b></i>xcited
<i><b>II.</b></i><b>Gạch chân một đáp án đúng</b><i><b>. ( 2,5 điểm)</b></i>


1/ Be careful! You’ll cut………..(<i><b>yourself/ himself/herself</b></i>)



2/They are going to have a meeting …………( <i><b>on/ at/in /to</b></i>) September.


3/……(<i><b>How far/ How long/How often/</b></i>)have you lived here? I have lived here for two years.
4/We have not phoned each other………….( <i><b>for/since/ to/ in</b></i>) last week.


5/A new shopping ………. ( <i><b>meeting/ mall/store/ bank</b></i>) is opening in Nam’s neighborhood.
<i><b>III</b></i><b>.Đọc đoạn văn sau rồi làm bài tập đúng sai</b><i><b>. (2 điểm</b></i>


“Thank you for your call the Millennium cinema. It opens 3 days a week, showing a variety of
foreign films. Next week we still show an Italian film called “The new commer”You can see
that film on Monday and Saturday, the film lasts 3 hours and the tickets are 5 USD.”


<b>*True or false?</b>


1/The Millennium cinema opens 7 days a week.
2/ The tickets are 6 USD.


3/The film “ The new commer” lasts 3 hours.


4.You can’t see the film “ The new commer” on Monday.
<i><b>IV. </b></i><b>Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.</b><i><b> ( 2,5 điểm)</b></i>


1/ I love (<i><b>cook</b></i>)………but I <b>( </b><i><b>dislike</b></i><b>) </b>………..washing up.
2/They (<i><b> live</b></i>)……….there with their parents since last week.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(100)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=100>

3/I (<i><b>go</b></i>) ………to Ha Noi last month.


4/ She (<i><b>wash</b></i>)………her face every morning.
<i><b>V</b></i><b>.ViÕt l¹i các câu sau đây sử dụng từ gợi ý cho sẵn</b><i><b>. ( 1 điểm)</b></i>
1/Nam said to Hung You should learn English more and more.”



<b>Nam said that </b>……….


2/ Miss Lan said to me “ Can you give me a cup of coffee?”


<b>Miss Lan asked </b>………..


<i><b>VI. </b></i><b>Em hãy viết 2 câu nói về sự thay đổi dần dần mà em cảm nhận đợc về cuộc sống </b>
<b>những năm gần dây ở địa phơng em, sử dung ( Get/Become). ( 1 điểm</b><i><b>)</b></i>


<i>..</i>
<i>………</i>


<i>..</i>
<i>………</i>
Pre-date:


Tea-date:


<b>Unit 9 : A first- aid course</b>



<b>Week 19- Period 55: Getting started and Listen and read.</b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Trong tiết học này giup hoc sinh hiểu đợc các em cần làm gì ban đầu để sơ cu bạn bè hay
ngời thân khi không may b tai nn.


- Hs phát triển kĩ năng Nói theo cặp và thảo luận theo nhóm lấy thông tin là chủ yếu.
<b> * Vocabulary: ambulance, emergency, unconcious, bleed...</b>



- Liên hệ thực tế giúp các em bình tĩnh khi gặp những tình huống tơng tự.
<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>


<b>-</b> Gv- Big sheet of the paper.


<b>-</b> Hs- Fore see the lesson before at home.
<b>III.Tiến trình dạy-học;</b>


<b>1.Warm up: </b>


<b> *New lesson.</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Presentation:</b>


- Have Ps work with a partner to discuss what
they would do in the situations which require
first-aid


a. a girl has a burn on her arm
b. a girl has a nose bleed


c. a boy has a bad cut on his leg
d. a boy has a bee sting.


* Some words cues: emergency room,
<i>medicated oil, water pack, ice, alcohol, sterile</i>
<i>dressing</i>



<b>I. Getting started </b>


* Sample ideas


a. I’ll use cold water to ease the pain. I’ll
take her to the nearest clinic. I’ll get her an
ice pack..


b. Let her stand straight. Use some
absobent cotton to cover her bleed nose for
some minutes.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(101)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=101>

*Read the dialogue once then preteach
vocabulary


- Guide Ps to read the words in chorus.
<b>3.</b>


<b> Practice:</b>


- Call them to practice reading in front of the
class.


+ Checking by: <i><b>Rub out and remember</b></i>
+ Explain the use of the future tense
- Give examples to illustrate.


- Have Ps practice the dialogue in pairs



- Call some pairs to practice in front of the
class.


<b>4</b>


<b> . Production:</b>


- Have Ps work in groups to discuss the topics
covered in the dialogue.


<b>5. Homework: </b>


- Remind Ps to study at home and prepare for
the next lesson.


the hospital.


d. Wash the sting with alcohol, then rob
some ointment on it.


<b>II. Listen and read </b>


<i><b>1. New words</b></i>
- emergency ( n)
- ambulance (n)
- calm down (n)


- fall – fell – fallen (off )(v)
- conscious (a)



- bleed – bled – nled (v)
- towel ( n)


- handkerchief (n)
- wound (n)


- pressure (n)
- fall asleep (v0
- promise (v)
<i><b>2. Grammar: </b></i>


* Future simple tense
Will / shall + V – inf


Eg. I’ ll visit my grandfather next week
<i><b>3. Practice the dialogue: </b></i>


- Practice the dialogue in pairs


<i><b>4. Select the topics covered in the</b></i>
<i><b>dialogue.</b></i>


a. Describing the condition of the injured
person


b. Asking for the address


c. Asking about the condition of the injured
person.



d. Asking for advice.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(102)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=102>

- Remember to do all at home well.


Pre-date:


Tea-date:


<b>Unit 9 :A first- aid course</b>


<b>Week19- Period 56</b>

-

<b>Speak </b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Trong tiết học này học sinh sẽ biết cách đa ra những lời đề nghị và đáp lại những lời đề nghị
đó,hoặc những lời đề nghị mọt cách hợp tình huống nhất.


- Hs phát triển kĩ năng Nói theo cặp là chủ yếu sau đó áp dụng làm bài tập.
- Liên hệ thực tế giúp các em có hứng thú hơn trong học tập.


<b>* Vocabulary: eye chart, parademic, wheelchair, stretcher, crutch….</b>
<b>II.ChuÈn bÞ;</b>


<b>-</b> Gv- Big sheet of the paper.


<b>-</b> Hs- Fore see the lesson before at home.
<b>III.Tiến trình dạy-học;</b>


<b>1.Warm up: </b>


<i><b>*Call Ps to go to the board to write the new wordsin the last lesson.</b></i>


<b> *New lesson.</b>


<b> </b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Pre-Speaking.</b>


- Have Ps work in groups to write as many
words as possible about the situations


- Call some Ps to give the situations they
know.


<b>3.</b>


<b> While-Speaking.</b>


- Ask Ps some questions:


-Have look at the text book page 81:


Explain how to make and respond to requests,
offers and promises.


<b>I.Speak </b>


+ Request: will/Could/Would/Can + you +
V + (o), please?



E.g1: Will you turn off light, please?
+) offer: I will + V + (o)


E.g2: The phone is ringing. I’ll answer for
you


+) Promise: S+ will + V + (o)


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(103)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=103>

- Give the forms as well as examples to
illustrate.


- Have Ps look at the pictures and work in
pairs to make and respond to requests, offers
and promises.


<b>4</b>


<b> . Post-Speaking .</b>
<b>5.Homework:</b>


- Remind Ps to study at home and prepare for
the next lesson.


- Do exercises 3,4 in page 51.


fever.


a. Could you give me a bandage, please?
b. Shall I get you some medicine?



c. Can you help me?


- Sure. Can I get you a bandage?


d. Would you like me to get you some
medicine?


e. I promise I won’t do it again.


- Listen and check yourself then copy into
the note book.


<b>- </b>Listen and remember to do all at home
the flowing the teacher.


Pre-date:
Tea-date:


<b>Unit 9 :A first- aid course</b>


<b>Week19 - Period 57: Listen </b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Trong tiết học này Hs nghe đợc bài khoá hiểu đợc nội dung và điền đợc từ vào đúng các bức
tranh,Hơn thế nữa các em còn vận dụng tốt kiến thức mới vào làm bài tập ở phần <i><b>Language </b></i>
<i><b>foucus 2,3.</b></i>


- Thông qua bài học này Hs phát triển kĩ năng Nghe hiểu và Nói theo cặp.
+Vocab: - bandage – wheelchair - stretcher - scale - crutches - eye chart .
+Structures: Will or Shall in Reqeust – Offer – Promise.



<b>II.ChuÈn bÞ;</b>


<b>-</b> Gv- Big sheet of the paper.


<b>-</b> Hs- Fore see the lesson before at home.
<b>III.TiÕn trình dạy-học;</b>


<b>1.Warm up: 8A : 8B: </b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(104)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=104>

<b>T’s & St’s activities</b>
<b>2.Pre-listening.</b>


<i><b>*Activity1.</b></i>


- Present some new words.Then guide Ps to
read words in chour, individually.


<b>3.While-Listening.</b>


- Ask them to match the words together with
the letter of each item.


- Have Ps listen the put the letter in to the
correct order.


<b>4.Post-Listening.</b>


- Have Ps work in groups. Look at the
pictures then describe them.



- Ask Ps to retell the use of the future tense.
- Have Ps work in pairs to practice the
dialogues.


-


<i><b>*Production.</b></i>


- Ask Ps to retell the main contents of the
lesson.


<b>5.Homework:</b>


- Remind Ps to study at home and prepare
for the reading lesson.


- Do exercises 5,6 in page 52,53.


<b>Contents</b>


<b>IV. Listen: </b>


<b>1.New words: </b>


- bandage (n) - wheelchair(n)
- stretcher (n) - scale (n)
- crutches (n) - eye chart (n)


<b>*Answer keys.</b>


F. stretcher. B. wheel chair
A. ambulance D. eye chart
E. scale C. crutches


- Check and correct your self then copy into
the note book.


- Work in groups of two tables to discuss
about the situation in listening text.


- Stand up and try speak aloud


<b>- </b>Listen and remember to do all at home the
flowing the teacher.


Pre-date:
Tea-date:


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(105)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=105>

<b>Week 20 </b>

<b> Preiod 58 - Read </b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Sau khi hồn thành tiết học, học sinh biết cách sử lý tình huống sơ cấp cứu khi cần thiết. Rèn
luyện cho học sinh ý thức giúp đỡ mọi ngời khi không may gặp nạn.


- Hs phát triển kĩ năng Đọc hiểu lấy thông tin ¸p dơng lµm c¸c bµi tËp.


+Vocabulary: elevate, victim, revive, overheat, tissue, affect, tap, ease, sterile, dessing.



<b>II.ChuÈn bÞ;</b>


<b>-</b> Gv- Big sheet of the paper.


<b>-</b> Hs- Fore see the lesson before at home.
<b>III.Tiến trình dạy-học;</b>


<b>1.Warm up: </b>


<i><b>*Call Ps to go to the board to write the new words in the last lesson.</b></i>
<b> *New lesson.</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Pre-reading.</b>
<i>*Activity1.</i>


- Pre teach some vocabulary.
+ Checking technique:
<i>*Activity2.</i>


<i> Rub out and remember.</i>


+ Have Ps read the instructions how to give
first aid in these cases such as: fainting, shock
<i>and burns.</i>


- Ask some Ps to go the bb to add the missing
information.



<b>3.While-reading.</b>


+ Ask Ps to read the statements on page 84
and match three Leadings A, B, C to them
* Answer key:


A. -> a, c, e; B. -> b; C. -> d.


- Call some Ps to write their answers on the
board.


<b>V. read </b>


<i>1. Vocabulary:</i>


- elevate - victim
- revive - overheat


- tissue - affect


- tap - ease


- sterile - dessing
- lie flat


<i>2. Read the cases that need first aid</i>


<i>3. Matching. Choose a correct case for each</i>
<i>of the following treatments.</i>



<b>A. Fainting: </b>


<b>a. The victim should not sit or stand.</b>


<b>c. The victim</b>’s head should be below the
level of the heart.


<b>e. The victim should drink a cup of tea when</b>
reviving.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(106)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=106>

<b>4.Post- reading.</b>
- Ask Ps this question:


? Why should we cool the burn immediately?
- Notice these forms: - So as to...- In order to
- Call Ps to practice in front of the class.


- Listen and correct if needed
<b>5.Homework.</b>


- Remind Ps to study at home and prepare for
the next lesson.


beer.


<b>C. Burns - d. You should ease the pain with</b>
ice or cold water pack.


4. Grid:



- We should do it in order to/ so as to
minimize the tissue.


<b>- </b>Listen and remember to do all at home the
flowing the teacher.


Pre-date:
Tea-date: 8:


<b>Unit 9 : A first-aid course</b>


<b>Week 21 - Period 59 : Write</b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Sau khi hoàn thành tiết học, học sinh biết cách viết một lá th cảm ơn bạn mình hoặc một ai
đó về việc họ đã làm cho mình.


- Trong tiết học này Hs chủ yếu phát triển kĩ năng Viết,viết một bức th cám ơn ai đó.
- Liên hệ với thực tế Hs sẽ biết cách ứng sử thân thiện lịch sự với bạn bè,ngời thân.
+ Vocabulary: thank ... for...., cheer, come over, sterile, dessing.
<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>


<b>-</b> Gv- Big sheet of the paper.


<b>-</b> Hs- Fore see the lesson before at home.
<b>III.Tiến trình dạy-học;</b>


<b>1.Warm up: 8: </b>


* Guiding questions: Did you write to friends?



How often do you write letters? St’s answers
Do you write in Eng lish?


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(107)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=107>

<b>Teacher’s & Students’ activities</b> <b>Contents</b>
<b>2.Pre-writing.</b>


<i>*Activity1.</i>


- Pre teach new vocabulary.
- Guide Ps to read carefully
<i>*Activity2.</i>


* Set the scene:


<i>Nga was sick and she had to go to</i>
<i>hospital. ..</i>


* True or False Predictions


- Hang a poster with the statements on
the board.


- Have Ps read the statements then
decide which is true and which is false
then correct the false ones again


<b>3.While-writing.</b>


+ Have Ps read the questions then


answer the questions in order to write
a thank-you note.


<i>? What did your friend give/send you?</i>
<i>? On what occasion?</i>


<i>? What was/were it/they like?</i>


<i>? How did you feel when you receive</i>
<i>the present?</i>


<i>? How do you feel now?</i>


<i>? Do you want to invite your friend to</i>
<i>somewhere?</i>


<i>? If so, then when?</i>


<i>? How will you contact your friend?</i>
*Use the same format to write another
letter to another friend for other
occasions.


<b>4.Post writing</b>


- Call some Ps to read their writing in


<b>VI. Write</b>


<i><b>1. Vocabulary:</b></i>


- to thank sb for sth
- to cheer sb up
- to come over


<i><b>2. True / False </b></i>


- Work in groups of one table to do in 4’
+ Answer key:


a. False -> Flowers ( not candy)
b. True


c. False -> at her house
d. True


e. False -> at her house
<i><b>3. Questions and answers.</b></i>
* Sample letter:


Dear ...


<i>I want to thank you for the lovely flowers you aent</i>
<i>me while I was in hospital. They helped to cheer me</i>
<i>up on several groomy days because they reminded</i>
<i>me of a good friend’s thoughtfulness.</i>


<i>I’m fine now, and my family has decided to go on a</i>
<i>picnic 6to my native village next weekend and I</i>
<i>can’t help remembering you. Will you join us? I</i>
<i>think you sau Yes to me. Right?</i>“ ”



<i>I’d love to see you then</i>
<i>Your friend,</i>


<i>Nga</i>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(108)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=108>

front of the board.


- Listen & correct P’s writing if
needed.


<b>5.Homework: </b>


- Remind Ps to study at home and
prepare Unit 10.


- Some ones stand up & read the writing before the
class,Others listen and correct your self.


- Listen and remember to do all at home the flowing
the teacher.


- Copy the letter you like into your note book.
Pre-date:


Tea-date: 8:


<b>Unit 9 : A first-aid course</b>



<b>Week 21 - Period 60: Language focus</b>




<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Sau khi hồn thành tiết học, học sinh biết cách viết một lá th cảm ơn bạn mình hoặc một ai
đó về việc họ đã làm cho mình.


- Trong tiết học này Hs chủ yếu phát triển kĩ năng Viết,viết một bức th cám ơn ai đó.
- Liên hệ với thực tế Hs sẽ biết cách ứng sử thân thiện lịch sự với bạn bè,ngời thân.
+ Vocabulary: thank ... for...., cheer, come over, sterile, dessing.
<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>


<b>-</b> Gv- Big sheet of the paper.


<b>-</b> Hs- Fore see the lesson before at home.
<b>III.Tiến trình dạy-học;</b>


<b>1.Warm up: 8: </b>


* Guiding questions: Did you write to friends?


How often do you write letters? St’s answers
Do you write in Eng lish?


<b> *New lesson.</b>


<b>Teacher’s & Students’ activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


.


<b> Post-Speaking in Language focus 4.</b>


- Call Ps to practice in front of the
class.


- Explain how to give and respond to
requests, offers and promises.


<i><b>4.</b></i><b>Language focus 4. </b>
<i><b>*Work with a parter: </b></i>


a.Will you emplty the garbage can, please?
->Ok.No problems


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(109)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=109>

- Have Ps work in groups to look at
the pictures then give the requests,
offers or promises


- Call some pairs to practice the
dialogues


- Have Ps work with a partner, look at
the pictures page 88 and read the
words in the box then make requests,
offers and promises.


- Have Ps work in groups. Look at the
pictures then describe them.


- Ask Ps to retell the use of the future
tense.



- Have Ps work in pairs to practice the
dialogues.


- Call them to give their answers them
practice these dialogues in front of the
class.


- Explain how to give and respond to
requests, offers and promises.


- Have Ps work in pairss to look at the
pictures then give the requests, offers
or promises


<b>-</b> Call some pairs to practice the
dialogues.


->I will paint the door tomorrow
c. Will you study harder, please?
-> I will study harder. I promise


d. Will you carry the bag for me, please ?
-> Shall I carry the bag for you?


e. Will you hang the washing, please ?
->Shall I hang the washing for you?


<b>- </b>Listen and remember to do all at home the flowing
the teacher.



<i><b>Language foucus 2 </b></i>“ Future simple.”


- Work in pairs to complete the dialogue in 5’.Then
practice before the class.


<b>*Answer keys.</b>


1. will 4. Shall


2. will 5. Will


3. won’t 6. will


<i><b>3. Making requests, offers & promises with will </b></i>“ ”
- Work in pairs to complete the dialogue in 5’.Then
practice before the class.


<b>*Answer keys.</b>


b. My book is on the floor. <i><b>Will you give it </b></i>to me
please?


c. <i><b>Will you answer the telephone</b></i>, please ?
d. <i><b>Will you turn on TV</b></i>, please ?


e. I am thirsty. <i><b>Will you pour a glass of water</b></i> for
me?


f. <i><b>Will you get me a cushion</b></i>, please?



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(110)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=110>

<i><b>*Production.</b></i>


- Ask Ps to retell the main contents of
the lesson.


+ Explain how to use sructure using in
<i>order to and so as to</i>


- Have Ps work in pairs to match
sentences in column A with those in
column B in5’.


- Call Ps to read their answers in front
of the class.


- Listen and correct if needed


<b>- </b>Listen and remember to do all at home the flowing
the teacher.


<b>Language focus 1.</b>
<i><b>1. In order to / so as to </b></i>


- Match one part of a sentence from column A with
another part in column B. Then write a complete
sentence by using in order to/ so as to.


<i>*Answer keys,</i>


1. f 4. E 5. A



2. c 3. b 6. d


<b>- Then copy into the note book at home.</b>


<b>- </b>Listen and remember to do all at home the flowing
the teacher.


Pre-date:
Tea-date:8:


<b>Unit 10 </b>

<b> Recycling</b>



<b>Week 21- Period 61: Getting started & Listen and read</b>



<b>I.Muctiªu;</b>


- Sau khi hồn thành tiết học, học sinh có thể nhận thức đợc việc bảo vệ môi trờng và tiết kiệm
nguồn tài ngun thiên nhiên.


- Hs ph¸t triĨn kÜ năng thảo luận theo nhóm và Nói theo cặp.


- Qua bài học Hs sẽ có cái nhìn đúng đắn,và hiểu rõ vai trị của mơi trờng với cuộc sống.Từ đó
biết trân trọng và có những hành động thiết thực để bảo vệ môI trờng.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(111)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=111>

Gv- Big sheet of the paper,Pictures about environment.


<b>-</b> Hs- Fore see the lesson before at home.
<b>III.Tiến trình dạy-học;</b>



<b>1.Warm up: 8:</b>
* Brainstorming.


- Ask Ps to think of the way to reduce the amount of garbage they produce.
<i><b>* St</b><b>’</b><b>s answers</b></i>


<b> *New lesson.</b>


<b>Teacher’s & Students’ activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Presentation.</b>


- Call Ps to write as many ideas as they can on
the board.


- Have Ps remark then give the correct ideas
again.


- Elicit words from the students.
- Write words on the bb.


- Expalin the meanings by stranslate or give
definition.


<b>3.Practice.</b>


+ Checking by Jumbled words
<i>- tconatc </i> -> - contact
<i>- ralnatu </i> -> - natural
<i>- ropttec </i> -> - protect


<i>- cyrecel </i> -> - recycle
+ True /False predictions


- Set the scene:


<i>A representative from friends of the</i>
<i>Earth, Miss Blake, is talking to th SS of QT Sc.</i>
<i>Friends of the Earth shows people how to</i>
<i>protect the environment and save natural</i>
<i>resourses.</i>


- Ask Ps to work in pairs to decide if the
statements are true of false


- Have Ps have aguess only.


- Have Ps open their books, listen to the tape
while reading to the dialogue.


- Have Ps works in pairs to ask and answer the


<b>I. Getting started.</b>


- Work in groups of 2 tables to give ideas.
<i>* Possible answers:</i>


- Use cloth bags
- Use tree leaves


- Make garbage in to fertilizer



- Make vegetable matter into animal food..


<b>II. Liesten and read.</b>


<i>1. Vacabulary.</i>
- representative


- protect = keep sb/sth safe from danger
- natural resourses ( coal mines, oil, gold,
mineral deposits...)


- recycle = to make sth already used able to
be used again.


- contact = to communicate with sb by
telephone of letter...


<i>2. T/F predictions.</i>


<i>a. Friends of the Earth is an oganization to</i>
<i>help people make friends with each other.</i>
<i>b. Miss Blake asks Ps to remember 3</i>
<i>things: reduce, reuse, recycle</i>


<i>c. Reduce means buing the products which</i>
<i>are overpacked.</i>


....



* Answer key.


a – F; b – T; c - F


<i>3. Comprehension questions</i>


<b>a. Reduce means not buying products</b>
which are overpacked


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(112)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=112>

questions.


- Call some pairs to practice in front of the
class.


<b>4.Production.</b>


- Have Ps work in groups to give their ideas
about how to protect the environment.


<b>5.Homework. </b>


- Remind Ps to study at home and prepare new
lesson & Do exercises 2,4 in (P 48)


going to local library or asking our family
and friends.


<b>e. Because when we throw them away they</b>
could stay very long and could not be self
– destroyed



* Discussion


<i>- How to protect our environment?</i>
<i> ( St’s answers)</i>


- Listen & remember to do all at home
carefully.


Pre-date:


Tea-date: 8:


<b>Unit 10 </b>

<b> Recycling</b>



<b>Period 62- Week 22- Speak & Listen</b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Sau khi hồn thành tiết học, học sinh có thể đa ra lời đáp lại và chỉ dẫn cách làm phân xanh
nh thế nào. Đồng thời Hs phân biệt đợc các vật liệu theo nhóm chất nh metal, glass, paper …..
<i> *Vocabulary: representative, protect, natural resourse, recycle, contact. </i>


-Rèn kỹ năng thực hành nói theo cặp,kỹ năng nghe hiểu lấy thông tin và sắp xếp thông tin .
<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>


-G.v : Bảng phụ phần nghe .
-Hs : Tra từ mới, Xem trớc bài
<b>III/ Tiến trình bài dạy : </b>
1.Warm up: 8:


* Checking the old lesson.


- Have one pupil to write new words on the bb in front of the class.
- Remark then give marks to student


+ Go to the bb to write ten new words they’ve learned the previous lesson
<b> * New lesson</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(113)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=113>

<b>* Pre -speaking</b>


- Elicit words from the students.
- Write words on the bb.


- Expalain the meanings by stranslating or
giving definitions.


+ Checking by Rub out and remember
- Have Ps open their books, read the sample
dialogue.


<b>* While - speaking</b>


- Have Ps works in pairs to ask and answer
the questions using the thing in the pictures.
- Call some pairs to practice in front of the
class.


<b>3.Practice</b>



<b>* Post - speaking</b>


- Have Ps work in groups to give the thing
belong to each of this group.


+ Pre teach some more new words
<b>4.Production</b>


* Set the scene:


<i>You will hear four questions during</i>
<i>the record. Check the correct answers.</i>


- Have Ps read the questions and the answers
carefully then decide which sentence is
correct for each one.


- Have Ps listen then give the correect
answers.


- Have Ps to practice in pairs to ask and
answer these questions in front of the class.


<b>5.Homework: </b>


- Remind Ps to study at home and prepare
new lesson.


<i><b>1. New words: </b></i>


- fertilizer
- compost
- fabric (n)
- leather (n)
- peel ( n) (v)
<i><b>2. Dictiation list</b></i>


Paper: used papers, old newspapers, book,
cardboard boxes..


Glass: bottles, glasses, jars ..


Plastic: plastic bags, plastice bottles ..
Metal: food cans, drinking tins,


Vegetable mater: fruit peels, vegetables,
rotten fruits…


Fabric: clothes, cloth bags, pieces of
meterials…


Leather: shoes, sandals, shoolbags…
<i><b>3. Speaking </b></i>


- Practice in pairs to ask and answer


<b>II. Listen </b>


<i><b>1. New words: </b></i>
- compost (n)


- grain (n)
- heap (n)
- shade ( n)
<i><b>2. Listening </b></i>


a. A b. B d. B




</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(114)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=114>

- Copy & remember


Pre-date:


Tea-date: 8:


<b>Unit 10 </b>

<b> Recycling</b>


<b>Period 63-Week 22: Read </b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


Sau khi hồn thành tiết học, học sinh có thể sử dụng dạng câu bị động ở thì hiẹn tại đơn
giản. đọc và tìm hiểu thơng tin chi tiết về cách thức tái chế. Học sing nhận thức đ ợc việc giữ
gìn và bảo vệ mơi trờng.


<b>-</b> Vocabulary: tire, pipe, deposit, refill, melt.


<b>-</b> Structure : Passive voice ; Tobe + PII
<b>II.ChuÈn bÞ; </b>


<b>-G. V : Bảng phụ phần bài tập </b>


- Hs : Xem trớc bài, tra từ mới
<b>III Tiến trình bài dạy :</b>


1.Warm up : 8:
* Checking the old lesson.


- Have one pupil to write new words on the bb in front of the class.
- Remark then give marks to student.


- Go to the bb to answer the questions


<b>* New lesson</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Pre-reading.</b>


- Elicit words from the students.
- Write words on the bb.


- Expalain the meanings by stranslating or


<b>Read</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(115)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=115>

giving definitions.


+ <i><b>Checking by</b></i> Rub out and remember
- Have Ps open their books, read the
paragraph about recycling facts.



- Explain how to use the passive form and
give modern and examples.


<b>3.While </b>–<b> reading.</b>


- Have Ps works in pairs to ask and answer
the questions


- Call some pairs to practice in front of the
class.


<b>4.Post </b>–<b> reading</b>


- Have Ps work in groups to give the thing
belong to each of this group.


- Have Ps read then make a list of recycled
things.


- Call some Ps to write their answers on the
bb.


<b>5.Homework: </b>


- Remind Ps to study at home and prepare
new lesson.


- glass ware
- law (n)
- deposit (n)



- approximately (adv)
<i><b>2. Grammar:</b></i>


<b>Passive form</b>
* Form: be + PII


* Change:


S + V + O


S + be + PII + by O
<i><b>+Modal: </b></i>


S + md + V + O


S + md + be + PII + by O
Eg1:


- We eat noodles every morning


- Noodles is eaten ( by us) every morning
Eg2:


- That coat will be taken (by her)
<i><b>3. Answer: </b></i>


a. People cleaned & refilled empty milk bottles
b. The glass is broken up, melted & made into


new glass ware


c. The Oregon government made a new law
that there must be a deposit on all drink cans .
The deposit is returned when people bring the
cans back for recycling.


d. Compost is made from house hold & garden
waste.


e. If we have a recycling store to share, we can
call or fax the magazine at 5265456


<i><b>4.Complete: </b></i>


Car tires are recycled to make
pipes & floor recoverings


-Milk bottles are cleaned &
refilled (with milk )


- Glass is broken up, melted & made into new
glassware


- Drink cans are bought back for recycling
- Household & garden waste is made into com
post


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(116)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=116>

Pre-date:
Tea-date: 8:



<b>Unit 10 </b>

<b> Recycling</b>


<b>Period 64- Week 22 : Write </b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Sau khi hoµn thµnh tiÕt häc, häc sinh cã thĨ viết lời chỉ dẫn cách tái chế giấy và cách diệt
muỗi bằng cách sử dụng bà chè.


<i> +Vocabulary: Soak (v), Mash (v), Bucket (n), Firmly (adv), Scatter (v), mesh (n), wire (n),</i>
mesh (n).


<b>-</b> Rèn kỹ năng viết lêi chØ dÉn theo mÉu .


<b>-</b> Gi¸o dơc Hs cã s thức bảo vệ môi trờng .
<b>II.Chuẩn bị : </b>


<b>-</b> G. V : Lêi chØ dÉn mÉu.


<b>-</b> Hs : Xem trớc bài, tra từ mới.
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy </b>


<b> 1.Warm up : 8:</b>
- Checking the old lesson


- Call two Ps to read the text and write vocabulary in the last lesson
- Go to the bb to read the text again and write vocabulary


<b> * New lesson </b>



<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Pre-writing.</b>


Preteach some vocabulary.
- Write some words on the bb
- Guide Ps to read again


- Check by Rub out and remember
* Set the scene:


- Tell the Ps they are going to read a text
about how to recycle used paper.


- Put the verb on the board randomly in a
flow chart


<b> Write</b>


1. New words:
Soak (v)


Mash (v)
Bucket (n)
Firmly (adv)
Scatter (v)
mesh (n)
wire (n)
mesh (n)



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(117)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=117>

- Ask Ps to work in groups to guess the
order of the actions


<b>3.While-writing.</b>


- Call on about two Ps to write the answer
on the bb


Explain the process of recycling, using
mimes.


- Have Ps open their books, read the text
on page 93 and fill in the verbs.


<b>4.Post-writing.</b>
* Ordering pictures


- Stick the photocopied pictures on the
board randomly.


- Ask Ps to work in groups to rearrange the
pictures according to the instructions on
how to prepare the tealeaves


- Have Ps read the instruction aloud.
<b>5.Homework. </b>


- Remind Ps to study at home and prepare
new lesson.



- Write the instructions on how to make a
thing you have ever made using the
sequencing.


1 2 3


4 5 6


* Answr key:


1. soak 2. mash 3. mix
4. pull out 5. press 6. dry


2. Complete the recycling intructions.


1. use 5. wrap


2. mix 6. wait


3. place 7. dry


4. press


3. Make intructions on how to prepare the tea
leaves, using the given words in the box.


a. First take the used tea leaves from the tea pot
b. Next, scatter the tea leaves on a tray


c. Then dry the leaves is the sun



d. Finally, put the dry leaves on a pot for future
use.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(118)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=118>

Pre-date:
Tea-date: 8:


<b>Unit 10 </b>

<b> Recycling</b>



<b>Period 65 : week 23 - Language focus </b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu :</b>


-Sau khi hồn thành tiết học, học sinh có thể vận dụng cách nói bị động vào trong thực tế giao
tiếp


<b> Passive form, adjectives followed by: an infinitive/ a noun clause </b>


-Rèn kỹ năng làm các bài tập thực hành dạng biến đổi câu, điền thông tin vào chỗ trống .
<b>II.Chuẩn bị : </b>


-G.v : A big sheet of the paper
- Hs : Xem tríc bài, tra từ .
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy :</b>


<b>1. Warm up : 8:</b>


* Chatting about 5 minutes to make good atmosphere
<b> * New lesson </b>



<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2 .Presentation</b>


* Preteach some new words


- Ask Ps to look at the pictures
- Have Ps read the sentences


Ask them to work in pairs to chane
these senteces into passive


- Have Ps put the pictures into the
correct order.


- Have Ps work in pairs to practice


<b>I. Work with a partner </b>
1. New words:


detergent (a)
liquid (n)
dip (v)
blow (v)
2. Pratice:


b. Then the glass / it is washed with a detergent
liquid


c. The glass pieces are completely dried.



d. They are mixed with certain specific chemicals
e. The mixture is melted untill it becomes a liquid
f. A long pipe is used, it is dipped into the liquid,
then the liquid is blown into intended shapes.


1 – 4 – 3 - 5 – 2 – 6
<b>II. Use the correct form of the verbs </b>
1. will be shown


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(119)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=119>

the dialoigue and complete the
dialogue with the correct form of the
verbs in brackets.


Have Ps work in apairs to complete
the dialogues in execise 3 page 96.


- Have Ps to work in groups to
complete the letter with the words in
the box.


<b>3. Practice : </b>


- Have Ps work in groups to change
these sentences into passive.


- Call some ps to practice in front of
the class


<b>4.Production :</b>



- Checking mistakes
<b>5.Homework: </b>


- Remind Ps to study at home and
prepare new lesson.


3. will be finished
4. will ..be made


<b>III. Complete the dialogues</b>
Adj + to + V + O


1. easy to understand
2. hard to believe
3. dangerous to go
4. important to wait
<b>IV. Complete the letter </b>
Adj + ( that ) _ a noun chause
1. was happy


2. am relieved
3. is afraid
4. are …sure
5. am certain


<b>V. Practices. Change these sentences into passive </b>
1. They built the house in 1990


the house was built in 1990



2. We take a bus to school svery day
A bus is taken to school everyday
3. We will have a text of E tomorrow
A test will be had tomorrow


- Peer correction
- Listen & remember
Pre-date :


Tea-date : 8:


<b>Unit 11 </b>

<b>Traveling around Vietnam</b>



<b>Period 66 </b>

<b> Week- 23 - Getting started listen & read</b>



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(120)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=120>

Hs mở rộng chủ đề du lịch đến những vùng miền khác nhau của đất nớc qua tên các địa danh
nh The temple of the Literature, Ha long bay, Nha rong Habour …..và các cụm từ có liên quan
nh : water buffalo, sugar cane


-Hs luyện kỹ năng nhận diện tranh và miêu tả, tiếp tục mở rộng kỹ năng mở rộng đoạn hội
thoại .


<b>II.ChuÈn bÞ :</b>


-Gv: Picture of Viet nam country.


-Hs :Fore see lesson, look up new words .
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy:</b>



<b>1. Warm up : 8: </b>


* Hold a game : Net words : About famous places in Viet nam .
<b> * New lesson </b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Presentation .</b>


- Ask students to look at the pictures and
match


<b>* Eliciting questions</b>


? Who are they talking in the conversation ?
? Where are they now ?


*Pre- teach new words, new structures


- make some notes
<b>3. Practice</b>


- ask students to read the dialogue to do the
practice in groups & in pairs .


I. Getting started,listen & read
Match : (work in pairs )


* Answer keys



a- Ngo Mon gate
b- Nha rong Habour.


c- The temple of the Literature
d- Ha long bay


II. Listen & read


-They are Mr & Mrs .Jones, Shannon, Hoa,
Tim.


-They are on the way throuhg a paddy field .
<b>*New words</b>


-front seat (n )
-Watre buffalo(n )
-Corn (n )
-Sugar canes (n )


<b> Would you mind +v-ing….?</b>


<b> Would / Do you mind if I + v- ed ..?</b>


 <b>Note : The course lasts 3 months= It is a</b>
3 months course


<b>*Answer the questions </b>
a-Hoa meets Tim at the airport


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(121)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=121>

- Check & correct



<b>4.Production .</b>


<b>5.Home work .</b>


- Learn by heart new words & write 2
sentences with ( would you mind …?)


c-They travel to Ha noi by taxi .
d- It takes them 40 minutes .
e- He likes to take a photograph
<b>*True or false ?</b>


a-T
b- T


c- F ( not in a bus but in a taxi )
d- T


e- T


f- F (not only rice, corn but also sugar canes
are grown around Ha noi )


-Listen & remember
Pre-date :


Tea-date : 8 :


<b> </b>

<b>Unit 11 </b>

<b>Traveling around Vietnam</b>




<b> Period 67-week 24 -Speak & Language focus3,4</b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu:</b>


Hs biết cách dùng cấu trúc đề nghị với Would / Do you mind ….? Trong nhiều tình huống
khác nhau trong giao tiếp và cách đáp lại .


- Rèn kỹ năng nói, vào vai nhân viên và khách du lịch tại một văn phòng du lịch .
<b>II.Chuẩn bÞ :</b>


-Gv: situtation


-Hs :Fore see lesson, look up new words .
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy:</b>


<b>1. Warm up : 8 :</b>
- Check the old lesson :


-2 students write sentences with Would / Do you mind …..?
<b> * New lesson </b>


<b>T’s & St’t activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2 .Presentation . </b>
* Speak.


-Pre –<b>speaking</b> .
Revision .



<b>I . Speak</b>
Request


-Do you mind v-ing ?
-Would you mind v-ing ?
-Do you mind if I v +O ?


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(122)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=122>

-While –<b> speaking</b>


-Ask students to work in pairs to practice
speaking


-Guide students to practice


- Check & correct students ‘s mistakes


<b>-Post- speaking </b>


-Peer-correction


<b>3. Practice :</b>


<b>* Language focus 3</b>


-Ask students to work in pairs to practice
speaking


-Guide students to practice .



<b>* Language focus 4</b>


-Ask students to work individually
<b>- Check & correct .</b>


<b>4.Production .</b>
<b>5.Homework.</b>


<b>-Write 3 requests & responses</b>


 <b>Answer keys :</b>


A : Excuse me. Can you help me ?
B: Yes sir . What can I do for you?


A : Yes . Could you please give me some
information do you want ?


A : I want to visit a museum . Would you
mindsuggeting one ?


B: I suggest you go to History museum.
A: That sounds interesting .Do you mind
telling me what time it opens?


B: It opens from 8 am to 4 pm everyday
except Monday .


A: Thank you very much .



B: You are welcome . Have a nice day .
……….


<b>* Language focus </b>


 Make responds to request .


a. Would you mind moving your car ?
No ,of course not


b. Would you mind putting out your
cigarrette ?


No ,of course not .


c.Would you mind getting me some
coffee ?


No, I’m sorry, I’m too busy .


 Look at the pictures & give suitabl
responds .


a.Do you mind if I sit down ? Please do
b.Would you mind if I smoked ?


I’d rather you didn’t .


c.Would you mind if I postpone our meeting
Not at all ……



-Listen & remember
-Retelling .


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(123)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=123>

Tea-date :


<b>Unit 11 </b>

<b>Traveling around Vietnam</b>



<b> Period 68-week 24 -Listen & Language focus 1,2</b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu:</b>


- Hs biết cách miêu tả vị trí của một số địa danh qua các giới từ .Đồng thời biết cấu tạo và
cách dùng của hiện tại phân từ và quá khứ phân từ ED và ING participles .Đồng thời Hs ôn lại
cách dùng lời đề nghị với Would / Do you mind .


- Hs luyện kỹ năng nghe chỉ dẫn, hiểu và có thể tìm đợc địa chỉ dẫn trong băng .
<b>II.Chuẩn bị :</b>


-Gv: situtations.


-Hs :Fore see lesson, look up new words .
<b>III.TiÕn trình bài dạy:</b>


<b>1.Warm up : </b>
- Check the old lesson


<i>*2 students go to the board and write 2sentences with Would /Do you mind….?</i>
<i> <b>* New lesson.</b></i>



<i><b>T</b><b>’</b><b>s & St</b><b>’</b><b>s activities</b></i> <i><b>Contents</b></i>
<b>2.Presentation .</b>


- Pre-listening


* Eliciting questions :


What do you see in the map ?
How many roads are there ?
 Pre teach new words


* Introduction: Listen to me 2 times then
match the places to their correct positions
which are marked in the map


- Check & correct .
<b>3.Practice</b>


 Note :


-Ing – participles means active participle.
-Ed participles means passive participle .


<b>I.Listen .</b>


<b>-Look at the map and answer .</b>
* New words :
Highway ( n)


Tourist information center ( n)


Starving ( n)


Bridge ( n)


-Listen then give correct answers :
* answer keys .


a, restaurant
b, hotel .
c, bus station .
d, pagoda.
e, temple .


- Listen and copy .
<b>II. Language focus .</b>
1.Language focus 1 .


Eg 1 /The boy is my brother . He is sitting in
the room .


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(124)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=124>

- Look at the picture then work in the groups
in 4 minutes .


- Check & correct


- Look at the picture then work in the groups
in 5 minutes to describe the goods for sale


-Check & correct



<b>4.Production.</b>


-Hold a game with a limited map .
<b>5. Homework:</b>


- Ask Ps to write 3 sentences to tell the way
to a factory, a park, a river.


- Fore see new lesson .


Eg 2.


These bikes are very good. They are made in
Japan.


The bikes made in Japan are very good.
*Answer keys :


-The man walking up the stairs is Mr Quang.
-The woman carring a bag is Miss Lien.
-The boy standing next to Miss Lien is
Nam……..


-Listen & copy.


2..Language focus 2.


-1,2 students go to the board and write the
answers .



* answe keys :


-The old lamp made in China is 5 dollars .
-The doll dressed in red is two dollars .
-The toy animals kept in a carboard are 10
dollars………


-Listen & copy.


* Game : Giving directions


Eg/ I’m from B. Can you tell me the way to
the centralmarket?....


-Write 3 sentences to tell the way to a
factory, a park, a river.


- Fore see new lesson .


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(125)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=125>

Tea-date :


<b>Unit 11 </b>

<b>Traveling around Vietnam</b>


<b>Period 69 -Week 24 - Read</b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu:</b>


-Hs đợc cung cấp những thông tin cần thiết về phong cảnh, nơI ăn ở của 4 địa điểm du lịch
nổi tiếng của Việt Nam.Qua bài đọc Hs đợc cung cấp một số từ vựng có liên quan đến chủ đề
bài đọc nh :offshore island, sights, flights, water fall, tribal village, world herritage,
accommodation……



-Rèn kỹ năng đọc hiểu thơng tin trong các chơng trình quảng cáo du lịch, nâng cao kỹ năng
làm bài tập dạng ghép thông tin đúng trong nội dung bài đọc.


<b>II.ChuÈn bÞ :</b>
-Gv: situtation


-Hs :Fore see lesson, look up new words .
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy:</b>


<b>1. Warm up : </b>
- Check the old lesson .


<i>*2 students go to the board and write 2sentences with Ing-Ed participles.</i>
<i> * New lesson </i>


<i><b>T</b><b>’</b><b>s & St</b><b>’</b><b>s activities</b></i> <i><b>Contents</b></i>
<b>2.Pre-reading</b>


-Introduction.


- Now we are going to read about 4 places in
Viet Nam .Can you guess what are they ?


<b>-Pre –teach new words.</b>


<b>3.While- reading.</b>


<b>- Ask students to read the text in groups in</b>
silent (in 4 minutes)



<i> I.Read</i>


<b>- Listen & guess</b>
* New words .
Offshore (n)
island,(n)
sights, (n)
flights, (n)
water fall,(n)
tribal village, (n)
world herritage(n)


accommodation……(n)
<b>*Ex1 .Check the boxes..</b>


Nha
trang


Da
lat


Sapa Ha


Long


caves *


flights * * * *



hotels *


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(126)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=126>

<b>- Check the boxes .</b>


<b>-Check & correct</b>


* There are 5 people want to go to Viet Nam,
each of them has different hobby.You help
them find a suitable place


- Check & correct
<b>4.Post reading.</b>
-Hold a game


<b>5.Homwork.</b>


- Learn by heart new words.
- Re read the text.


- Fore see new lesson


transport


Mini hotel *


Mountain
slopes


*



railway * * *


restaurants
Sand
beaches


*
Tourist


attraction


* * * *


Types of
food


villages


Waterfall *


World
herritage


*


Nha
Trang


Da
Lat



Sa pa Ha
Long


Nha
Rong


a *


b * * * * *


c *


d *


e *


- Listen & copy.


*Game : Giving advice
- Learn by heart new words.


- Re read the text.-Fore see new lesson .


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(127)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=127>

<b>Unit 11 </b>

<b>Traveling around Vietnam</b>


<b>Period 70 -Week 24 - Write</b>



<b>I.Mục tiêu:</b>


- Hs biết cách miêu tả một chuyến đi theo trật tự thời gian ( chronological/ time order ) hay


kh«ng gian ( space order ).


-Hs làm quen với dạng viết tờng thuật (narative ), miêu tả một chuyến đi hay một sự việc.
<b>II.Chuẩn bị :</b>


- Gv: situtations.


- Hs :Fore see lesson, look up new words .
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy:</b>


<b>1. Warm up : </b>


- 1,2 students go to the board and write famous places in Viet Nam.
<i><b> </b></i>* New lesson


<i><b>T</b><b>’</b><b>s & St</b><b>’</b><b>s activities</b></i> <i><b>Contents</b></i>
<b>2.Pre - writing</b>


-Eciliting questions.


-where did the Browns go last week?
-What was the weather like ?


<b>-Pre –teach new words.</b>


* Now you read the next part of the story and
completethe story by rewriting the sntences
in the correct chonologial order.


<b>3.While- reading.</b>



<b>-Ask students to read the text in groups in</b>
silent (in 4 minutes)


-Peer correction


<b>-Check and correct students </b>‘s mistakes


<i> I.Write.</i>


<b>-Listen & answer</b>


* New words .
Adventure (n)


Paddle(n)
canoe(n)


-Listen & write


*Answer keys :


a, The wind started to blow huge waves and
the rain became heavier.


b,The canoe moved up and down the water.
c,Shannon dropped her paddle.


d,She learned over and tried to pick it up .
e,The canoe overturned and everyone fell


into the deep and dangerous water.


f,A boat appeared and recused them .
g, The family was very lucky.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(128)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=128>

<b>4.Production</b>


<b>- Give some main events, ask students to</b>
write


<b>5.Homework.</b>


- Guide Ps to learn by heart new words.
-Re read the text.-Fore see new lesson .


-Retelling the story
-*Free writing :


Last week….Ha Long….rained….visited a
lot of caves…..took many photographs….felt
very happy….wonderfultrip…


- Learn by heart new words.
- Re read the text.


- Fore see new lesson .


<i>_______________________</i>
Pre-date :



Tea-date : 8:


<b>Period 71 </b>

<b> Week 25 -</b>

<b>Language focus</b>


<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Sau khi hồn thành tiết học, học sinh đợc ơn lại các kiến thức đã học để chuẩn bị cho bài
kiểm tra một tiết. Nắm chắc đợc kiến thức đã học vận dụng vào trong thực tế giao tiếp.


( Language focus from unit 9 to unit 11.)


-Rèn kỹ năng làm một số dạng bài tập nh chia động từ, điền từ…
<b>II.Chuẩn bị :</b>


- Gv: Situtation,the old knowleges.
- Hs : Revise the old lesson carefully.
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy:</b>


<b>1. Warm up : 8: </b>


* Holding the class in order and check the old lesson.
- Ask Ps to make up some sentences using requests


<i><b>* New lesson</b></i>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Presentation.</b>


<b>*Retell the use & form </b>



Do / Would you mind + doing sth?


<b>1. Do / Would you mind + doing sth? </b>
Do you mind if I do sth ?


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(129)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=129>

Do you mind if I do sth ?
Would you mind if I did sth ?
<b>3.Practice</b>


- Ask students the way to practice.
-Check and correct


<b>* Note/</b>


-Ing – participles means active participle.
-Ed participles means passive participle .


* Ask students to work in groups of 4


- Ask students the way to practice.
-Check and correct


<b>4.Production</b>


? Repeat the main contents of the lesson.
<b>5. Homework</b>


Eg: Do you mind closing the books?
Would you mind if she used your pen?
<b>*Give the correct verb forms.</b>



1.Would you mind ( close ) the door?
2.Do you mind if I ( sit) here ?


3.Would you mind If I ( sing ) here ?
* Answer keys :


1.closing
2.sit
3.sang…


--Students remain the basic contents


- Remind Ps to study at home and prepare to
do the tests


<b>2.Ing </b>–<b> participles</b>


*Eg- 1 /The girl is my sister . She is sitting in
the kitchen.


The girl sitting in the kitchen is my sister .
Eg -2.


These mobiles are very good. They are made
in China.


The mobiles made in China are very good.
<b>* Students work in pairs to do the same.</b>
3.Ed participles



*Eg/


-The old lighting fixture made in France is 15
dollars .


-The doll dressed in blue is 8 dollars .


-The baloons kept in a carboard are 10
dollars………


-Listen & copy.


Pre-date :
Tea-date : 8:


<b>Consolidation</b>



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(130)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=130>

<b>I.Môc tiªu;</b>


- Sau khi hồn thành tiết học, học sinh đợc ôn lại các kiến thức đã học để chuẩn bị cho bài
kiểm tra một tiết. Nắm chắc đợc kiến thức đã học vận dụng vào trong thực tế giao tiếp.


( Language focus from unit 9 to unit 11.)


- Rèn kỹ năng làm một số dạng bài tập nh chia động từ, điền từ…
<b>II.Chuẩn bị :</b>


- Gv: Situtation,the old knowleges.


- Hs : Revise the old lesson carefully.
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy:</b>


<b>1. Warm up: 8:</b>


* Holding the class in order and check the old lesson.
- Ask Ps to make up some sentences using requests


<i><b>* New lesson</b></i>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Presentation.</b>


+ Elecit Ps to tell the main grammar
structures they’ve learned from Unit 9 to
Unit 11.


? Repeat the use & form of it
? Make sentences


? Repeat the use & form
? Give e.g


? Repeat the use & form
? Change active into passive
? Make sentences


- Correct mistakes
? Retell the form


? give examples
Retell the use & form


<b>1. Future simple tense </b>
* Use


Form: S + will / Shall + V-inf + O
Adv: tomorrow, next....


<b>2. Modal will </b>“ ”
<b>* Request: </b>


Will + you + V + O ?
<b>* Offer: I will + V + O</b>
<b>* Promise: S + will + V + O </b>
<b>3. Passive forms </b>


<b>* Use </b>


form: Tobe + PII ( past participle )
Change: S + V + o


S + be + PII + by O
<b>4. Adj + to do smt </b>


That – clause


Eg: It’s difficult to learn English
She is certain that she will do it well
<b>5. Do / Would you mind + doing sth? </b>


Do you mind if I did sth ?


Would you mind if I did sth ?


Eg: Do you mind closing the window?
Would you mind if she phoned you?
* Change A – P


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(131)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=131>

<b>3.Practice</b>


? Changer sentences in to passive form


- Correct mistakes


<b>4.Production.</b>


? Repeat the main contents of the lesson.
<b>5. Homework.</b>


- Ask ps to prepare the lesson carefully.


- Children are looked after by their parents
2. Do you like candies ?


- Are candies likes by you ?


3. She cleans the floor every morning
- the floor is cleaned every morning by her
4. He was watching a film



- A film was being watched by him
*Give the correct verb forms.


1.Would you mind ( open ) the door?
2.Do you mind if I ( smoke ) here ?
3.Would you mind If I ( sit ) here ?
* Answer keys :


1. opening
2. smoke
3. sat…


- Students remain the basic contents


- Remind Ps to study at home and prepare to do
the tests


Pre-date :
Tea-date :


<b>W</b>

<b>eek</b>

<b> 26: P</b>

<b>eriod</b>

<b> 73 </b>

-

<b>Written test No 3</b>


<b>I .Môc tiªu;</b>


- Kiểm tra nhằm đánh giá kết quả học tập của Hs trong q trình học để có thể đa ra những
điều chỉnh bổ xung trong thời gian tới cho phù hợp hơn.


- Mục tiêu đề ra là từ 85%các em làm bài đạt từ Tb trở lên
- Rèn kỹ năng làm các Bt dạng trắc nghiệm và tự luận .
- Giáo dục tính tự giác chủ động trong học tập của Hs.
<b>II,Chuẩn bị; </b>



- G.v :đề bài phô tô & đáp án
- HS:ơn lại bài.


<b>III,TiÕn tr×nh kiĨm tra;</b>
1.


<b> Warm up : </b>


<b> </b>

<b>Ma trËn</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(132)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=132>

<b>2.Guide students the way to do the tests</b>
<b>3.Test contents</b>


<b>Questions:</b>


<b>I.Listening (2.5 marks)</b>


<b>-Listen and put these sentences in the correct ordery you hear.</b>
a. She went to schoolby bike.


b. She put the food in her school bag.
c. She had bread for her breakfast.
d.She got dresses.


e. Hoa got up at 6 pm.


<b>II. ( 2.5 điểm ) - Đọc đoạn văn sau và trả lời câu hỏi.</b>


Everyday of the year throughout the world, about twenty million paper bags and


newspapers are served and thrown away.


Making paper requires a lot of wood pulp and the work of millions of workers. Many
countries have had plans to recycle waste paper to save money and labour. In countries where


<b>Tªn chđ</b>


<b>đề</b> <b>Nội dung cần kiểm tra</b>


<b>NhËn biÕt</b>


<b>45%</b> <b>Th«ng hiĨu35%</b>


<b>VËn dơng</b>


20%
Cấp độ Cấp độ
thập cao

Cộng
100%

<b>Listen</b>


Put the
sentences
in the
correct
ordery you
hear.


<i><b>-</b></i>The past simple tense



-Routine Số câu 5Số điểm


2,5
Số câu:5
Số
điểm:2,5
(25%)

<b>Reading</b>


1.Answer
the
questions


About recycling paper
( How many and What
questions)
Số câu
2
Số điểm
1
Số câu
3
Số điểm
1,5
Số câu:5
Số
điểm:2,5
(25%)
<b>Language</b>
<b>focus</b>


Multiple
choice


- Waterfalls ,known as
in order to, so as to
-Present simple
-Past simple


-Would you mind if I …..
-Would you mind
v-ing… .? ..



-Số câu
3
Số điểm
1,5
Số câu
2


Số điểm 1


Số câu:5
Số
điểm:2,5
(25%)

<b>Writing</b>


Rewrite
sentences
using

words
given


<b>-</b> Passive form


-Would you mind if I ..
-Would you mind
v-ing .? ..


<b></b>
-Số
câu
5
Số
điểm
2,5
Số câu:5
Số
điểm:2,5
(25%)


<b>Total</b>

Số c©u:5


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(133)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=133>

there is cooperation of the public, paper mills recycle as much as sixty percent of waste paper.
Their simple work is to take away the ink, crush it up and make it into pulp again. For every
ton of recycled newsprint, twelve trees can be saved. We can insist that the more paper people
save, the more trees are preserved.


1. How many paper bags and newspapers are thrown everyday of the year?
...


2. What does making paper require?


...
3. What have many countries done to save money?


...
4. How many percent do paper mills recycle waste paper?


...
5.How many people does the making paper require ?


……….


<b>III (2,5 điểm) - Chọn đáp án A hoặc B, C, D thích hợp nhất hồn thành các câu sau.</b>
1. Dalat, ...the City of Eternal Spring, is about 300 km from Ho Chi Minh City.
A. known as B. knowing as C. called as D. calling as


2. There are some famous ... there, such as Prenn, Camly, Datenla...


A. lakes B. ponds C. waterfalls D. springs


3. Would you mind ... on the light?


A. turn B. turning C. to turn D. turned


4. Would you mind if I ... the window?


A. to open B. opening C. opened D. open


5. I always keep the window open ... let fresh air in.



A. in order to B. so as to C. such as D. both A and B
<b>III. (2.5 điểm) -Viết lại các câu sau sao cho nghĩa của câu không thay đổi.</b>
1. Nam repaired this bike yesterday.


This ...
2. They wash the glass with detergent liquid.


The ...
3. Lan irons clothes everymorning.


Clothes ...
4. May I turn off the television?


Would you ...?
5.I do my home work everyday .


My home work……….
<b>4Feed back.</b>


- Hand in the tests & give remarks .
<b>5.Homework.</b>


- Prepare for the next period to check the tests.
Pre-date:


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(134)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=134>

8a2:
8a3:


<b>Unit 12: A vacation abroad</b>




<b>Period 74 </b>

<b>Week 26</b>

<b>: Getting started and Listen and read</b>



<b>I.Mục tiêu;</b>


- Sau khi hoàn thành tiết học, học sinh biết thêm thông tin về một số quốc gia trong lÜnh vùc
du lÞch, më réng vèn tõ vùng, biÕt vận dụng kiến thức đa học vào trong thực tế giao tiÕp.
- Vocabulary: include, pick up, ticket price


-Structure: - Would you like ...?
<b>II.ChuÈn bÞ: </b>


- Gv: Flags of some countries.
- Hs: look up new words
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy;</b>


<b>1.Warm up. 8a1: 8a2: 8a3: </b>
* Guessing game:


Show the pictures to Ps, ask Ps to guess what country it is
- Give some more information about each country.


- Ask Ps to practice in pairs asking and answering about the country that they like to visit.
<b>*New lesson</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Presentation.</b>


- Explain the aim & read first. Then present


some vocabulary.


- Guide Ss to read new words
? Read again – correct
3.Practice


<b>I. getting started </b>


<b>1. Match the names of the countries </b>
a. The United States of America.
b. Australia d. Britain
c. Thai land e. Canada
f. Japan


<b>2. Tell your partner ..</b>


Ex: P1: Where do you want to visit among
these countries?


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(135)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=135>

? Work in pairs


? Match the name of the countries
- Correct


? Read the aim & explain


? Practise with a partner the same example
- Correct –


? Repeat the use & the form



? Make sentences – call on two or three Ps
to make


? Work in pairs and read dialogue


? Complete Mrs Quyen’s achedule
<b>4.Production</b>


? Work in groups ( use extral board )
correct –


? One’s ask and one’s answer
- Correct


? Repeat the grammar in the lesson


- Call Ps to ask and answer comprehension
questions in text book.


<b>5.Homework: </b>


- Remind Ps to study at home and prepare
new lesson


P2: Because I want to see the Statue of
Liberty


<b>II. Listen and read </b>



<b>1. New words: </b>


- Include (v) - liberty
- pick up (v) - come over
- abroad - travel/go abroad
- Statue of Liberty


<b>2. Grammar:</b>


<b>* Making an invitation.</b>
+ Would you like to do sth?
Eg:


- Would you like to came and stay with us ?
- You must come over for dinner one night
* Accepting an invitation


- Thank, I’d love to ..
* Declining an invitation


- That’s very kind of you but we are coming
on a tour


* Making complaint


-

S

+ be + always + V-ing ....


Oh, dear. He is always working


<b>3. Practice. Then complete Mrs Quyen</b>’


schedule


<b>Date</b> <b>Mon</b>
<b>25</b>


<b>Tue</b>
<b>26</b>


<b>Wed</b>
<b>27</b>


<b>Thur</b>
<b>28</b>
Sche


dule


<b>4. Answer </b>


a. No, they won’t. Because they are come on
a tour …


b. No, he won’t. because he will have
c. Mrs Smith will pick her up at her hotel
-Listen & remember


Pre-date:


Tea-date:



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(136)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=136>

<b>I .Mơc tiªu.</b>


Nhằm chỉ ra những lỗi cơ bản mà các em gặp phải trong bài kiểm tra cũng nh có đợc đánh giá
cụ thể q trình học tập của Hs


-Cịng qua tiÕt nµy tìm ra phơng pháp học tập hợp lý hơn trong häck× hai.


-Thơng qua tiết kiểm tra giúp G.V phân loại Hs để có biện pháp kế hoạch cụ thể giúp các em
tiến bộ hơn trong học tập .


<b>II. Chuẩn bị</b> .


-G.v :Một số lỗi sai cơ bản, một số bài kiểm tra tốt & không tốt
Hs ;Xem lại bài.


<b>III . Tiến trình bài dạy</b>
<b>1.Warm up . </b>
<b>* New lesson</b>


<b>*Keys: </b>


I.Listening(2.5 marks )
1- e


2- d
3- c
4- b
5- a


<b>II. ( 2 .5 marks )</b>



1.Everyday of the year throughout the world, about twenty million paper bags and newspapers
are served and thrown away.


2. Making paper requires a lot of wood pulp and the work of millions of workers.
3. Many countries have had plans to recycle.


4.Sixty percent


5. Millions of workers
III.(2.5 Marks )


1. A. known as
2. C. waterfalls
3. B. turning
4. C. opened
5. D. both A and B
<b>IV.(2.5 marks )</b>


1. Nam repaired this bike yesterday.


This bicycle was repaired by Nam yesterday.
2. the grass is washed with detergent liquid.
3. Clothes are ironed by Lan every morning.
4. May I turn off the television?


Would you mind if I turned off the television?
5.My homework is done by me everyday.
<b>2.Common mistakes.</b>



-The way to change the active form to the passive form
Eg. The homwork are did by me ….
- Dictation of writing and form.


- Students have many difficulties in change form active sentences into passive sentences.
- Students don’t learnt by heart more new words so that they don’t understand the text.
3.a. Pull out experiences .


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(137)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=137>

b.The way to make it better.


- Give more clear introduction next time.


- Give more kinds of exercises to make students get more similar with them.
<b>4.Direction of giving marks</b>


-No need to change the marks
<b>5.Conclusion:</b>


Giái Kh¸ T.b Ỹu KÐm


Pre-date:
Tea-date:


<b>Unit 12: A vacation abroad</b>



<b>Period 76 </b>

<b>Week 27 - Speak</b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Sau khi hồn thành tiết học, học sinh có thể sử dụng các kiến thức đã học trong giao tiếp và


biết thêm thông tin du lịch về một số nơi của nớc Mỹ.


+ Vocabulary: Itinerary (n), Brochure (n), Gym (n), Via ( pre), Rate (n), Single (n), Double
(n), Gallery (n).


- Hs phát triển kĩ năng thực hành Nói theo cặp và nghe hiểu lấy thông tin.
<b>II.Chuẩn bị: </b>


- Gv: Flags of some countries.
- Hs: Look up new words
<b>III. Tiến trình bài dạy:</b>


<b>1.Warm up. </b>
*Guessing game:


Show the pictures to Ps, ask Ps to guess what country it is
- Give some more information about each country.


<b>*New lesson</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Pre-speaking.</b>


* Pre-teach some vocabulary:


<b>I. Speak</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(138)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=138>

? Read the aim & find new words



<b>3.While-speaking.</b>


- Guide Ss to read then complete the trip in
pairs one by one question in 5’


- Call on them to repeat one by one
- Correct


- Explain the aim & ask them to look some
brochures & flight inf


<b>4.Post-speaking.</b>


?Work in pairs to complete your itinerary
- Listen & correct p’s doing if needed.


?Work in pairs to talk about itinerary in
Vietname


<b>5.Homework: </b>


- Remind Ps to study at home and prepare
new lesson.


Brochure (n)
Gym (n)
Via ( pre)
Rate (n)
Single (n)
Double (n)


Gallery (n)
<b>*Speaking </b>


<b>- Work in pairs in 5</b>’ to get information
about the trip.


A: Where shall we stay?
B: Atlantic Hotel.


A: What time should we leave Los
Angeles.


B: We should leave at 10 am. Ok?


- Work in pairs to complete the itinarary
<b>Depart Los Angeles: </b><i><b>Flight 8.35 at 10.00</b></i>
<i>on Mon Arrive Boston: <b>At 4.00</b></i>


<b>Accommodation:</b><i><b>Atlantic Hotel</b></i>
<b>Sightseeing: </b><i><b>Paul revere</b><b>’</b><b>s House</b></i>


<b>Depart Boston:</b><i><b>Fliht 7.10 at 10.00 on</b></i>
<i><b>thur, 22.</b></i>


- Listen and do at home well.


Pre-date:
Tea-date: 8:


<b>Unit 12 - A vacation abroad</b>




<b>Period 77 </b>

<b>Week 27 : Listen</b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Sau khi hoµn thµnh bµi häc nµy Hs sẽ có thêm thông tin về thời tiết ở một sè qc gia nỉi
tiÕng trªn thÕ gíi.


+ Vocab: cold, cloudy, dry, snowy, rainy, degrees, centigrade, minus, humid…….
+ Struct : The weather will be….. or The temperature will be………..


<b>II.ChuÈn bÞ;</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(139)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=139>

<b>III. TiÕn trình bài dạy:</b>


<b>1.Warm up: 8: </b>


- Guessing game: About the weather in some countries in the book


- Show the pictures to Ps, ask Ps to guess what is the weather likein these countries?
- Give some more information about each country.


<b>*New lesson.</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Pre-listening.</b>



- Present some wods about the weather by
play game brainstorming.



? Adj of weather in 4 groups


- Call some groups to speak out their
words


- Chech and Correct – if needed.


- Guide the class to read words in chour
then individually.


- Aks Ps to listen & repeat
- Call Ps to read – correct


- Tell Ps to read the text of the table &
guess the weather?


<b>3.While-Listening.</b>


- Aks Ps to listen & complete
- Read the text 3time slowly aloud


- Tell Ps to share the answer each
others.Then speak out the answer before
the class.


<b>4.Prost-listening.</b>


- Ask and answer in pairs about the
weather in each coutry.



- Hold class to practice each pair with
each country.


- Listen and help if needed.
<b>5.Homework: </b>


- Remind Ps to study at home and prepare
new lesson.
<b>I. Listen.</b>
<i><b>1.New words</b></i>
- cloudy
- rainy
- Cold
- snowy
- cool
- sunny
- dry
- warm
- fine
- wet
- humid
- windy
<b>2.Tempererature: </b>
- minus ( adj)


- degree ( centigrade)(n)
- zero (n)


<b>*Complete.</b>



<i><b>City</b></i>

<i><b>Weather</b></i>

<i><b>Temperature</b></i>


<i><b>Low High</b></i>



Sydney
Tokyo
London
Bangkok
NewYork
Paris
dry- windy
dry- windy
humid-cold
warm- dry
windy-cloudy
cold- dry


20 26
15 22
-3 7
24 32
8 15
10 16


- Work in pair to ask and answer about the
weather in each place.


Eg.


<i>P1: What will the weather be like in Sydney ?</i>


<i>P2: It will be …</i>


<i>P1: What will the tempereture be ? </i>


<i>P2: The high temperarture will be …. and</i>
<i>the low temperature will be</i>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(140)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=140>

Pre-date:
Tea-date: 8:


<b>Unit 12 - A vacation abroad </b>



<b>Period 78 </b>

<b> Week 27</b>

-

<b>Read</b>



<b>I. Mục tiêu:</b>


- Sau khi hoàn thành tiết học, học sinh biết thêm một số các danh lam thắng cảnh ở nớc Mỹ.
Mở rộng vốn từ vùng và vËn dơng vµo thùc tÕ giao tiÕp.


- Hs rèn luỵn kỹ năng đọc hiểu trên các bu thiếp và trả lời câu hỏi .


<b>+ Vocabulary: </b>- volcano (n), lava (n), pour out (v), wharp (n), prison (n) president (n),
situate (v), statue (n), liberty (n).


+ The structure of the past simple tense,the past continuous tense.
<b>II.Chuẩn bị : </b>


-Gv:Bảng phụ
-Hs: Tra từ mới



<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy:</b>


1.Warm up : 8:
<i><b>* Revision: - Brainstorming:</b></i>


- Have Ps give adjectives of weather.
- Call some Ps to write on the board


* Samples:


Cold, hot, humid, wet, warm, cool...


<b>*New lesson</b>


<b>Teacher’s & Students’ activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Presentation</b>


- Pre teach some vocabulary.


+Checking technique: Rub out and
<b>remember.</b>


<b>3.Practice:</b>


+ Have Ps read the text then complete the
table.


* Draw the grid on the board.



- Ask the Ps to read the instructions again
and fill in the information.


- Ask some Ps to go the bb to add the


<b>I. Read</b>


<b>1. New words </b>
- volcano (n)
- lava (n)
- pour out (v)
- Wharp (n)
- prison (n)
- president (n)
- situate (v)
- statue (n)
- liberty (n)
- empire (n)
2. Write


Place What she did and saw
a. Hawaii


Went smming, visited
Kilauea Volcano


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(141)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=141>

missing information.


+ Call Ps to read their answers



- Call some Ps to write their answers on the
board.


- Ask Ps this questions:


<i>a)How did Mrs Quyen go to Kilauea</i>
<i>Volcano?</i>


<i>b) Where in San Francisco did Mrs Quyen</i>
<i>see the famous prison?</i>


<i>c) What is special about Mount Rushmore?</i>
<i>d) What is the other name of Chicago?</i>
<i>e) What did Mrs Quyen do while her</i>
<i>husband was visiting the Statue of Liberty?</i>
<b>4.Production:</b>


- Call some Ps to ask and answer in front of
the class.


- Checking mistakes if necessary.
<b>5.Homework: </b>


- Remind Ps to re read the text & learn by
heart new words.


-Fore see ( write)


b. New york Went shopping, bought lostof souvenir
c. Chicago Saw lake Michigan



d. Mount Rush


Saw the heads of 4
American presidents


e. San
Francisco


Visitedfisherman’s


wharp. The Napa Vally wine
– growing area and the
Alcatruz prison


<b>3. Answer: </b>


a. She went there by plane


b.she saw the famous prison on the island of
Alcatraz


c. it is a mount where the heads of 4 American
presidents are carved in to the rock


d. It is also called “the windy city”
e. She went shopping


<b>4. Grammar: Past progressive tense </b>



* Use: QKTT diễn tả một hành động đang xẩy
ra vào 1 thời điểm Xđ cụ thể (at…)


*Form : S + was / were + V- ing + o
eg: I was watching TV at 7 P.m yesterday
-Lisen & remember.


Pre-date:
Tea-date: 8:


<b>Unit 12 - a vacation abroad</b>



<b>Period 79 </b>

<b> Week 28</b>

:

<b> Write</b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu:</b>


- Sau khi hoàn thành tiết học, học sinh biết cách viết một tấm bu thiếp gửi cho bạn bè và gia
đình kể về một chuyến đi nghỉ của mình. Nâng cao kỹ năng viết, vận dụng vào trong thực tế
giao tiếp.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(142)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=142>

- Gv: a post card.


- Hs: xem tríc bµi, tra từ mới.
<b>III. Tiến trình bài dạy:</b>
1.Warm up: 8:


* Holding the class in order and check the old lesson.


- Call a pupil to write some new words of the previous lesson and ask another to read the text
+ Go to the board and answer questions.



<b> *New lesson.</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Pre-wtriting.</b>


*Pre-teach new words.
- Guide Ps to read.
- Ask Ps to read again
* Set the scene:


From the USA, Mrs. Quyen sent a
postcard to her friend Sally to tell her
about the trip.


- Ask Ps to look at the postcards on Page
upload.123doc.net and complete the
gaps with the appropriate words.


- Call some Ps to go to the board to
write the words they guess.


* Set the scene:


Imagine you are a tourist on vacation in
a certain place/city in Vietnam.


<b>3.Practice:</b>



Write a postcard to a friend about your
trip. Use the information below:


<i><b>- Place:....</b></i>


<i><b>- how your feel about hte people:....</b></i>
<i><b>- The weather:....</b></i>


<b>Write</b>


1. New words
- complain (v)
- hospitable (a)
- heaviness (n)
- complain


2. Complete the postcard


1. In 2. peaple


3. Weather 4. Visited


5. Her 6. For


7. lovely / nice 8. Heaviness
9. bought 10. Soon
3. Write a postcard


<b>Necessary information for a postcard</b>



Place We’re having a wonderful
time in....


How you feel


about the


people


The people are very ...


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(143)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=143>

<i><b>- Who you meet/see:....</b></i>
<i><b>- What you see:....</b></i>
<i><b>- What you buy: ....</b></i>


+ Make a grid on the board:


- Ask Ps to use the information in the
table to write a postcard about their
vacation.


<b>4.Production.</b>


- Call some Ps to read their postcards in
front of the class.


- Checking mistake if necessary.
<b>5.Homework. </b>


-Rewrite a post card in the note book


-Fore see new lesson


Who you


meet/visit


In ... I visited my
friend ...


What you see I’ve seen ...


What you buy I bought a lot of ...
Example:


Dear Lan


We are having a wonderful time in Nhat Trang.
The people are very friendly and


hospitable. ...


-Retell the way to write a postcard.
- Listen & remember.


Pre-date:
Tea-date: 8:


<b>Unit 12 : a vacation abroad </b>



<b> Period 80 - Week 28</b>

:

<b>Language focus</b>




<b>I.Mơc tiªu :</b>


Sau khi hồn thành tiết học, học sinh có thể vận dụng thì quá khứ tiếp diễn trong giao
tiếp và biết cách sử dụng trạng từ always để diễn tả ý phàn nàn, bực tức của ngời nói với một
hành động, thói quen xấu thờng xuyên xảy ra.


+ Grammar: - Past progressive with when, while


<b>-</b> Progressive tense with always.


<b>-</b> -Rèn kỹ năng làm các dạng bài tập chia động từ, viết câu.
<b>II.Chuẩn bị:</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(144)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=144>

- Hs : Xem tríc bµi, tra từ mới.
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy:</b>


<b>1.Warm up: 8:</b>


- Holding the class in order and check the old lesson.
Call ps to write new words.


<b>- Write new words on the board</b>


* New lesson.


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


* Matching pictures.



- Give word cues and ask Ps to match with
the correct pictures.


1. walk with a dog
2. eat dinner


3. take a shower
4. talk to grandma.
5. read a comic
6. write a letter


- Ask Ps to work in groups to complete
these sentences.


- Call some Ps to practice in front of the
class.


* Teaching grammar:


* Set the scene: Look at picture a)


? What was Ba doing at eight o’clock last
night?


- Elicit Ps to give the answer. Notice Ps
how to use this structure.


- Give example


+ Ask Ps to work in apairs to match the


half-sentences in column A to those in
column B.


- Ask them to write the full sentences in
their exercise books.


<b>* Language focus</b>


1. Look at the pictures. Say what each person
was doing at eight o’clock last night.


b. Hoa was eating dinner at 8 o’clock last night
c. Bao was reading a comic at 8 o’clock last
night


d. Nga was writing a letter at 8 o’clock last
night


e. Na was walking with her dog


f. Lan was talking to her grand mother.
<b>* Past progressive:</b>


Ex:


<b>Ba</b> <b>was</b> <b>taking</b>


<b>a shower at eight</b>
<b>o’clock last night.</b>



<b>They</b> <b>were</b> <b>talking</b> <b>to each other at</b>
<b>that time</b>


<b>S</b> <b>was/</b>


<b>were</b> <b>V-ing</b> <b>O</b>


<b>2. Past progressive with when & while</b>“ ”


<b>a </b>–<b> C </b> <b>d- B </b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(145)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=145>

- Call ps to read in front of the class.
* Set the scene:


Elicit the model fromPs, using Vietnamese
- Have Ps repeat and write the sentences on
the board.


+ Model sentnce:


Bao is always forgetting his homework
+ Is <b> always forgetting</b>
Be adverb V-ing


Form: is/am/are + always + V-ing ....


Ex: Nam is always goingto school late.
<b>5.Homework: </b>


- Remind Ps to study at home and prepare


new lesson.


<b>c </b>–<b> E </b> <b>f </b>–<b> a</b>


3. Look at the pictures. Write the sentences.
Say what people are always doing.


* Progressive tense with “ always”


b. Mrs Nga is always losing her umbrella
c. They are always missing the bus


d. Nam is always watching T.V
e. Na is always talking on the phone
f. Lien is always going out .


- Listen & remember.


Pre-date:
Tea-date: 8:


<b>Unit 13: Festivals</b>



<b>Period 81-week 29 :Getting started & Listen and read</b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Sau khi hồn thành tiết học, học sinh nắm bắt đợc các phong tục tập quán của ngời Việt
Nam và biết thêm thông tin về một số lễ hội truyền thống của ngời Viêt nam.



+ Vocabulary: - festival, water-fetching, ancient, fire-making, rice-cooking, teammate,
separate, prize, coucil leader, keen on, pottery


- Hs n©ng cao kỹ năng thảo luận theo cặp,nhóm, luyện tập và mở rộng đoạn hội thoại.
-Giúp Hs có ý thức yêu quý và trân trọng những phong tục tập quán của dân tộc mình.
<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>


- Gv:Bảng phu phần True or false.
- Hs: Tra từ mới ,xem trớc bài.
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy.</b>


<b>1.Warm up: 8:</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(146)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=146>

-Students play in two big groups in 5 minutes, write as many words as better.
-Check & correct .


*New lesson


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Presentation</b>


- Read questions explain how to do
- Where should he / she go?


- why


- Name of some festivals?
- Guide Ss read newwords
- Read follow



- Listen & repeat
- read – corect


- Listen to the dialogue ?
- Read in pairs


- Correct
<b>3.Practice.</b>


- Read sentences
- T/ or F in 4 groups
- Correct -


- Which forms are used in the dialogue
- Retell the form


- examples – correct
? Retell how to change
*example


- find compound words in the lesson
- Remark the form


- Ask Ps to find the examples
<b>4.Production.</b>


- Match in 4 groups


- Correct P’sdoing if needed.


? Retell the grammar in the lesson


<b>I. Getting started</b>


1. He should go to Nha Trang ..
2. He should go to Hue


3. He should go to Lao Cai (Sa Pa)
4. He should go to Bat Trang Village.
5. He should go to super markets


<b>II. Listen and read </b>


<b>1. New words </b>
- Pottery (n)


- Water – fetching ( n)
- Fine – making (n)
- Rice – cooking (n)
- Yell (v)


- Urge (v)
- Teaminate (n)
- Bamboo (n)
- Separate ( v)
- Husk (n)
- Fudge (n)
- Grand (n)
- Council (n)



<b>2. True / false then correct the F sentences </b>
a. F. all team members take part in the water
fetching contests


b. F. One person has to collect one water
bottle


c. F


d. F rubbing pieces of bamboo are used to
make fire


e. F. the Judges taste the rice
g. T


<b>3.Grammar: </b>


* Passive form: Be + PII
Eg1:


- We ( go to school) ride our bike to school
- Our bike is ridden to school .


- Reported speech
Eg2.


- She said “ I am a student ”


-> She said that she was a student
- Compound - word adjectives


eg1: Fire – making contest
eg2: rice – cooking


- N + V – ing = compound adj
<b>4. Match </b>


A B


1. rice a. exporting


2. Fire b. Cooking


3. bull c. fighting


4. Car d. washing


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(147)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=147>

<b>5.Homework. </b>


- Ask Ps to learnt by heart all new words.


6. clothes f. arranging
-Learn by heart new words.
-Retell the text.


-Fore see part “Speak”


Pre-date:
Tea-date: 8


<b>Unit 13: Festivals</b>




<b>Period 82-Week 29 : Speak </b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Hs biết những việc cần làm để chuẩn bị cho Tết –lễ hội lớn nhất ở Việt Nam bằng tiếng
Anh thông qua một loạt các từ, cụm từ nh:


Pomegranate, Peach blossoms, Marigolds, Dried water melon seeds, Spring rolls.
- Hs rèn kỹ năng nói theo cặp, sắp xếp, xây dựng đoạn hội thoại.


<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>
- Gv: Bảng phụ.


- Hs: Tra từ mới,xem trớc bài.
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy;</b>
<b>1.Warm up: 8</b>
* Find things in common


- Ask students to think of 5 things they often prepare for Tet and write them down on a piece
of paper.


- Divide class into 2 groups


- Choose one student randomly in one group, and ask him/ her to call out his/ her words while
students in the other group check if there are any same words.


Suggestions :


- Decorate/ clean / paint the house/room/ the yard,…


- Buy cakes / candy / drinks/ food/ fruits,…


- Cook/ make cakes,..
- Get / buy new dress,…


- Write / send New Year cards to friends, relatives


<b> *New lesson.</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(148)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=148>

- T asks Ss to think of 5 things they
often prepare for Tet


SS write them on the board


- T remarks and gives marks to Ss
- T presents voc


- Ss repeat


<i><b>3.</b></i>


<i><b> </b></i><b>While- speaking.</b>
- Ss join the game


- Ask Ss to read the dialogue on page
123 and put the sentences in correct
order



- Ss work in pairs


- Call some pairs to give their answers


- T puts the chart with the cues on the
board


- Elicit the exchanges from Ss
- SS work in pairs


- T calls some pairs to practice each
exchange before going on to another
exchange


<b>4.Production.</b>
- Pairwork speaking


<b>5.Homework.</b>


- Remind Ps to study at home and
prepare new lesson.


<b>* New words</b>


Pomegranate(n) qủa lựu
Peach bloosoms (n) hoa đào
Marigolds (n) cúc vạn thọ


Dried watermelon seeds : h¹t da
Spring rolls (n) :



What and where
* <i><b>Ordering</b></i>
<i>Answer keys</i>
A-> F


B-> G
C-> H
D-> J
E-> I


<i><b>Mapped dialogue</b></i>


Mrs Quyen Lan


A: You/ tidied/
bedroom ?


B.market/have
to/oranges


/pomegranates
C. Sure/ will


D. not really/ but/
want house/look
nice/festival


E. That/very good.


Bye


1. Yes/where/going/


2.Could/collect/new Ao
Dai tailor/corner?


3.Thanks/anything/want/m
e/


do/while
out ?


4.Mom/I/what/do


now/will/clean glass
windows


5.Bye
<b>Free </b>–<b>speaking ( choose 1 of 5)</b>
A village festival


A school festival
A spring festival
A harvest festival
A flower festival


-

Learn by heart new words
-Fore see (listen)



Pre-date:


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(149)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=149>

<b>Unit 13: Festivals</b>



<b>Period 83 -Week 29 : Listen</b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Hs biết tiếp tục chủ đề ( Tết ) với những việc cần làm để chuẩn bị cho Tết –lễ hội lớn nhất
ở Việt Nam bằng tiếng Anh thông qua một loạt các từ, cụm từ nh:


Peach blossoms, Marigolds, Dried water melon seeds, Spring rolls.
- Hs rèn kỹ năng nghe hiểu hoàn thành câu và phiếu thông tin.
<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>


- Gv: Bảng phụ.


- Hs: Tra từ mới,xem trớc bài.
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy;</b>
<b>1.Warm up : 8</b>
Check the old lesson .


Go to the board and write 5 new words .
Check & correct .


<b> *New lesson .</b>
<b>T’s & S’t activities</b>


<b>2.Pre-listening</b>
* Eliciting questions.



? What do you always do before Tet?
? What is the most important to prepare
for Tet?


? What kinds of food/ fruits/ flowers do
we have to prepare for Tet?


* Introduction


T sets the scene” <i><b>The Robinson family</b></i>
<i><b>is making preparations for Tet. They</b></i>
<i><b>want to buy things to make it a</b></i>
<i><b>traditional festival as Vietnamese</b></i>
<i><b>people do </b></i>“


*Gap-fill prediction
<b>3 .While- listening.</b>


- R.ead the text 2 times & ask students
to listen to.


- Call on some students to give their
answers


<b>Contents</b>


<i><b>Listen</b></i>



*Teacher makes a list.



 Food: Chung cake, candies, jam….
 Fruits: bananas, grapes,……


 Flowers: peach blossoms, apricot blossoms,
marigold, violet…….


( By the way present new words of the lesson)


-Listen & remember


*Gap-fill prediction


-Listen & give correct answers
<b>Answer keys</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(150)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=150>

- Ask Ss to open their books and read the
statements on page 124


Ss predict the words in the gaps


<b>4.Post-listening.</b>


- Ask Ss to copy the grid( Page124) and
fill in the gaps with the information
taken from the


<b>5.Homework </b>


b.Traditional



c.Dried watermelon seeds
d.Make spring rolls


<i><b>*Things to do</b></i>


Mr Robinson Go to the flower market to buy
peach blossom and a bunch of
marigolds


Mrs Robinson Go to Mrs Nga’s to learn how to
make spring rolls


Liz Go to the market to buy candies
And a packet of dried
watermelon seeds


-Learn new words


- Do exercises in workbook
- prepare Lesson 3 Read


Pre-date:


Tea-date: 8


<b>Unit 13: Festivals</b>



<b>Period 84-Week 30: Read</b>




<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Hs biết đến lễ hội lớn nhất ở phơng tây : Lễ Noel . Qua bài đọc Hs đợc cung cấp những
phong tục truyền thống của lễ Noel nh cây thông noel, thiếp mừng, bài thánh ca…..


- Hs đợc làm quen với một số từ vựng nh: spread (v) Christmas carol (n) patron saint (n)
jolly (a)


Grammar : none


- Hs rèn kỹ năng đọc hiểu lấy thông tin
<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>


- Gv: B¶ng phơ.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(151)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=151>

* <i><b>Sing a song</b></i>


EX: Silent night. I wish you a merry Christmas.


<i><b>T</b><b>’</b><b>s & St</b><b>’</b><b>sactivities</b></i> <i><b>Contents</b></i>
<b>2.Pre- reading.</b>


- T teaches Ss an English Christmas song
- Ask Ss to listen to the tape and sing along
- T presents new words


- Ss repeat and copy
<b>3.While- reading.</b>


- T checks voc by holding class to play “


Jumbled words “


<b>4.Post- reading.</b>


- Ask Ss to open their books and read the
paragraphs on page 124/125


Draw the grid on the board and have Ss copy
it


- Ask SS to read the paragraph again and
complete the grid


Give feedback and correct
- Ask Ss to answer the questions
- Ss work in pairs


- T corrects and gives answers
<b>5.Homework.</b>


-Rewrite the answers in their notebooks
- Learn the words


- Write it up : Use the information in the grid
- Prepare Lesson 4 Write


<i><b>*New words.</b></i>


Spread (v) : To cover a larger and larger area
Spread / spread / spread



Christmas carol (n)


(Silent night is a Christmas carol )
Patron saint (n)


Jolly(a) : happy and cheerful.
<i><b>Answer keys</b></i>


Christmas


specials Placesorigin of Date
The


Christmas
tree


Riga Early 1500s


The


Christmas
Cards


England Mid-19th


century
Christmas


Carol Noinformation 800 yearsago



Santa Claus USA 1823


<i><b>Answer keys</b></i>


a. more than two centuries ago


b. Because he wants to send Christmas
greetings to his friends


c.800 years ago


d. An American professor named Clement
Clarke Moore


e.On the description of Saint Wicholas in
professor Moore’s poem


- Remember to do all at home well.
Pre-date:


Tea-date: 8


<b>Unit 13: Festivals</b>



<b>Period 85-Week 30:Write</b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Trong tiết học này Hs sẽ thực hành viết đợc bài kể về lễ hội dặc biết mà các em đã đợc tham


gia cho các bạn biết.


- Hs phát triển kĩ năng t duy nhng sự việc đã xảy ra.
+ Vovabulary : none


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(152)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=152>

<b>II.ChuÈn bÞ;</b>
- Gv: Bảng phụ.


- Hs: Tra từ mới,xem trớc bài.
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy;</b>
<b>1.Warm up : 8 </b>
<i><b>Memory game</b></i>


1/ How many people are there in the picture ?
2/What are they doing ?


3//Name all the things in the picture.


<i><b>T</b><b>’’</b><b>s & St</b><b>’</b><b>s activities</b></i> <i><b>Contents</b></i>
<b>2.Pre- writing</b>


- T shows the photocopied picture to Ss and
ask them to observe it carefully


- Let Ss look at the picture for about 20’’ then
put it away


- T asks Ss to listen to the questions
SS answer



- T puts the picture on the board again
- Give feedback and correct


- Write 9 numbers on the board from 1 to 9
- Tell Ss each number is for a question but 3 of
them are lucky numbers


If Ss choose a lucky number, they don’t have
to answer any questions. Divide the class into
<b>3.While-writing.</b>


- T asks Ss to use the information in the
dialogue on page 121 to fill in the gaps in the
report on page 127


Ss work in pairs


T corrects and remarks
<b>4.Post-writing. </b>


- Ask Ss to write a similar report on a festival
- They’ve joined recently


- Ss look at the questions and practice
speaking first by answering the questions
from a->g


- T has Ss connect the sentences to make it a
report



- Monitor and help Ss with their work
Call on some Ss to read their reports aloud
<b>5.Homework.</b>


- Write your report in your notebooks


- Do exercises in workbook and prepare


<i><b>*Lucky numbers</b></i>


1.What do you call the festival where people
have to cook rice ?


(the rice-cooking festival )


2.How many competitions are there in the
rice-cooking festival ? What are they ?


(water-fetching, fire-making and
rice-cooking )


3. Lucky number


4.What do people use to fetch water ?
(bottles)


5.Lucky number


6.Do they use pieces of wood to make fire?
( No, pieces of bamboo)



7.What do people have to do before they
cook the rice ?(separate the rice from the
husk)


8.Lucky number


9.How many people are there altogether in a
team taking part in the rice-cooking festival ?
(9, one for water-fetching, two for
fire-making and six for rice-cooking)


<i><b>Gap-fill</b></i>
<i>Answer key</i>


1. rice-cooking 6.traditional
2.one/a 7.bamboo
3.water- fetching 8.six
4.run 9.separate
5.water 10.added
*Questions and answers


- Work in pairs to practice one ask and, one
anwers.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(153)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=153>

Focus1,2,4
Pre-date:


Tea-date: 8



<b>Unit 13: Festivals</b>



<b>Period 86-Week 30 : Language Focus</b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Trong tiết học này Hs sẽ thực hành luyện tập hiện tợng ngữ pháp mới đó là:Lời nói trực tiếp
– gián tiếp .Bên cạnh đó Hs luyện thêm về thể bị động và từ ghép.


- Hs phát triển kĩ năng làm bài tập điền từ hoàn thành câu, chuyển câu.
+ Vovabulary : Jumble,exporting country..


+ Grammar : Reported speech, compound-words
<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>


- Gv: Bảng phụ.


- Hs: Tra từ mới,xem trớc bài.
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy;</b>
<b>1.Warm up : 8</b>
**** Pelmanism


<b>Infinitive</b> <b>Past participle</b>
Put


Write
Hold
Make
Break



Put
Written
Held
Made
broken
<b> * New lesson.</b>


<i><b>T</b><b>’</b><b>s & St</b><b>’</b><b>s</b><b>’</b><b> activities</b></i> <i><b>Contents</b></i>
<b>2.Presentation.</b>


- Ask Ss to match the words in column A with
the forms in column B


- Ss work in pairs


- Call SS to give their answers
- T corrects


- Have Ss copy


<b>3.Practice.</b>


- Ask Ss to look at Focus 1 on page 28


- Have Ss fill in the gaps with the right form
of the verbs in the box


Ss work in pairs


- Call on some Ss to write their answers( only


the verb forms)


- T corrects


- T presents new words


- Ss repeat and say the meaning


* Language focus 1
<i> Matching</i>


<i><b>The passive form</b></i>


A B


Tenses Form


1.Present simple
2.Past simple
3.Future simple
4.Present perfect


a. was/were+ V(pp)
b. have/has been +
V(pp)


c. Is/ am/are + V
(past participle)


d.will/shall +



be+V(pp)
<i>Answer key</i>


1c 2a 3d 4b
*Gap fill
<i><b>Answer key</b></i>
a.were performed
b.was decorated
c.is made


d. will be held
e. was awarded
f.was written


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(154)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=154>

- Ask Ss to look at Focus 2 on page 128/129
and fill in the gaps with the right form of the
verbs in the box


- Correcting
- T sets the scene


Then write the quoted speech on the board
- T explains and ask Ss to pay attantion to the
changes


- Ss copy


Ask Ss to look at Focus 4 on page 130 and do
the exercise



Correcting


<b>4.Production</b>


- SS rewrite the sentences, remember to keep
the meaning unchanged


<b>5</b>


<b> . Homework </b>


- Learn by heart the words, grammar


- Do exercises and prepare Unit 14: Listen
and read


* New words
jumble(v)


scatter (v) to throw things everywhere on the
ground


jar(n) (drawing,realia)
pull(v)


<b>Gap- fill</b>
<i>Answer key</i>
1. jumbled
2. broken


3. broken
4. scattered
5. pull


* <i><b>Language focus 4</b></i>
He said, “ I’m a plumber”
(quoted/ direct speech )


Model sentence : Reported speech
He said he was a plumber


1. Tenses


Direct speech Reported speech
Present simple


Will
must


Past simple
Would
Had to


2. Pronouns( depending on the subject of the
main clause)


3.Adverbs of place and time
this-> that


now-> then


here-> there
today-> that day


tomorrow-> the next day
yesterday-> the day before
ago-> before


<b>*Transformation drill</b>
<i>Answer key</i>


b.He said he could fix the faucets
c. He said the pipes were broken


d. He said new pipes were very expensive
e.He said Msr Thu had to pay him then


a. The children said, “ We are waiting for the
school bus” -> The children said...


b. Nobody has used this machine for years
-> This machine...
c.The last time I played tennis was in 1990
-> I haven’t...


- Remember to learnt by heart all newwords
Pre-date:


Tea-date: 8


<b>Unit 14 : Wonders of the world</b>




<b>Period 87- Week 31-Getting started </b>

<b>Listen & read</b>



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(155)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=155>

- Trong tiết học này Hs sẽ biết đợc những kỳ quan thế giới,nh Kim tự tháp,Nhà hát Opera…
- Hs phát triển kĩ năng phát hiện nhận biết tranh, luyện tập đoạn hội thoại, hồn thành đoạn
tóm tắt dựa trên nội dung đoạn hội thoại.


+ Vovabulary : wonders,pyramids, opera sydney…
+ Grammar : Yes or no questions


<b>II.ChuÈn bÞ;</b>
- Gv: pictures


- Hs: Tra từ mới,xem trớc bài.
<b>III.Tiến trình bài d¹y;</b>


<b>1.Warm up : 8</b>
* Question & answer:


Can you name some wonders of the world?
Students may answer in vietnamese.


<b> * New lesson.</b>


<i><b>T</b><b>’</b><b>s & St</b><b>’</b><b>s</b><b>’</b><b> activities</b></i> <i><b>Contents</b></i>
<b>2.Presentation.</b>


- T has Ss look at the pictures on page 131
and do the matching



- Check if they know where/ in which country
these wonders are


*Set the scene “<i><b>Nga, Nhi and Hoa and are</b></i>
<i><b>playing a language game called guessing</b></i>
<i><b>game. How does this game work ?</b></i>”


Rearrange the statements in the right order of
the game


Put the statements chart on the board


Ask Ss the read the statements and put them
in the right order in pairs


<b>3.Practice.</b>


- Call on some pairs to go to the board and
write their answers


- Ss read the dialogue while listening to the
tape


- Check if Ss’ guesses are right or not


- Have Ss read the diallogue again and
complete the summary on page 132 in pairs
- Then Ss compare their answers with their
partners



- Elicit the target language by asking Ss a
question (in VNese)


- Emphasize the form and use
<b>4.Production.</b>


- Ask Ss to do this exercise in pairs
A


1. suggest (v)
2. golden (adj)
3. clue (n)
4. bored (adj)
- T corrects and gives answer


<b>1.Getting started </b>–<b> Listen & read</b>
* Matching


<i>Answer key:</i>
a. the Pyramid


b. Sydney Opera House
c. Stone Henge


<b>2.Listen& read</b>
* Ordering


<i><b>How to play the guessing game?</b></i>


1B: asks questions to find out who or what is


2A: thinks of a famous person or place


3B: wins of he/ she can guess the correct
answer


4A: gives B a clue


5B: loses if he/ she can not guess the correct
answer


6A: Can only answer “yes” or “no”
<i>Answer key: 2 4 1 6 3 5</i>
1) Gap-fill


<i>Answer key</i>


1. game 5. America


2. place 6. Golden


3. clue 7. right


4. Vietnam 8. was


2) Grammar
<i>Model sentences</i>
I don’t know to play it


<b>Form: S + V + Question word + to_Inf</b>
<b>Use: Reduced form of an indirect question</b>


<i><b>Matching</b></i>


B


a/ a pieces of information that helps you
discover the answer to a question


b/ What you often fell when you have nothing
to do


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(156)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=156>

<b>5.Homework</b>


- Learn model sentences
- Do exercises


- Prepare : next period Speak.


d/ make a suggestion
<i>Answer key</i>


1d 2c 3a 4b
- Listen & remember


Pre-date:
Tea-date: 8


<b>Unit 14 : Wonders of the world</b>



<b>Period 88- Week 31-Speak </b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Trong tiết học này Hs sẽ biết thêm đợc những địa danh nổi tiếngtrên thế giới nh : Big
ben,Phong Nha cave,Eiffel Tower..


- Hs phát triển kĩ năng phongr vấn và trả lời, đồng thời làm quen cách trình bày lại thơng tin
vừa phỏng vấn.


+ Vovabulary : Big ben,Phong Nha cave,Eiffel Tower..
+ Grammar : Indirect Yes or no questions


<b>II.ChuÈn bÞ;</b>
- Gv: pictures


- Hs: Tra từ mới,xem trớc bài.
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy;</b>
<b>1.Warm up : 8</b>
*WHO IS THE FASTEST ?


T asks Ss to write 5/10 famous world places within 3 minutes ( in pairs )
<i>Answer keys</i>


The Pyramid, Stone Henge, Sydney Opera House ….
<b>* New lesson</b>


<i><b>T</b><b>’</b><b>s & St</b><b>’</b><b>s activities</b></i> <i><b>Contents</b></i>
<b>2.Pre-speaking</b>


- Put the chart with the statement on the board
- Ask Ss to read the statements and the names


of the famous places in the box on page 133
and do the matching


<b>*Speak</b>
<i>*New words;</i>
Great barrier reef
Bigben


Cave


Mount everest
<i><b>Matching</b></i>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(157)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=157>

- T checks if Ss understand the statements
<b>3.While- speaking </b>


- Call on some pairs to give their answers
- Give feedback


- Ask Ss to write Yes/No questions about 10
places in the box, using the information in the
matching (Work in groups )


- Have Ss ask and answer the questions
Check Yes or No


Call on a group to demonstrate their work
- T presents the model sentences


Yes/No questions -> direct speech



- T guides Ss how to change into indirected
Yes/No question “Hue citadel was in the
central Vietnam “is “Indirect Yes/No
question”


- T and Ss form the structure


- T emphasizes these notes


- Choose a group’s answer to the model
- Have Ss work in their group


- Give feedback and correct.
<b>4.Post-speaking.</b>


- Ask students to do the simillar.
-Check & correct


- Ask students to do the simillar.( in pairs)
-Check & correct


<b>5.Homework.</b>


- Learn by heart the model.
- Do excercice in workbook.


-Prepare listen &Language focus 3,4


2. It is in South Central Asia, 8.848 metres


high above sea level


3.It was built from 246-> 209 BC and some
people say it can be seen from the moon


4.It is a bell striking the hours in the clock
tower of the Houses of Parliament in London
5.It is a skycraper in Manhattan New York
city


6.It is a famous place in Quang Binh province
recognized as a World Heritage site by
Unesco


<i>Answer key</i>
1.Eiffel Tower
2.Mount Everest
3.Great Wall of China
4.Big Ben


5.Empire State building
6.Phong Nha Cave


<i>Questions and answer drill</i>
<i><b>Suggest</b></i>


1/ Have they just built the Eiffel Tower in
Paris ?


2/ Is the Empire State building located in New


York city ?


3/ Are the Petronas Twin Towers located in
Malaysia ?


4. Is the Great barrier Reef in China ?
5. Have you ever seen Mount Rushmore ?
6. Is Mount Everest in Nepal ?


Grammar drill
<b>Model sentences</b>


I said to Lan, “ Is Hue Citadel in the Central
Vietnamese ? “


-> I asked lan if/whether Hue Citadel was in
the central Vietnam


* Indirect Yes/ No question
<i>Form</i>


<i>Note: to say-> to ask /want to know</i>


Direct question Indirect question
Present simple
Past simple
Present perfect
Past simple
Past Perfect
Past perfect


<b>*Language focus 2.</b>


 Example: Do you know My Son, Nga?
Nhi asked Nga If she knew My Son.
Do the practice simillar


<b>*Language focus 3.</b>
+Example;


A, tell/ how/ go / there


Nga told Nhi how to go there
Do the practice simillar
Pre-date:


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(158)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=158>

Tea-date: 8


<b>Unit 14</b>

:

<b>Wonders of the world</b>



<b>Period 89 - Week 33 - Listen </b>



<b>I.Mục tiêu;</b>


- Trong tiết học này Hs cã thĨ vËn dơng kiÕn thøc vµo nghe hiĨu vµ phát hiện ra những lỗi sai
có trong bài nghe.


+ <i><b>Vocab:</b></i> relaxing (a) crystal clear (a) coral (n) snorkel (v)
+ <i><b>Grammar</b>: V + to-inf , V-ing.</i>


- Hs phát triển và nâng cao kĩ năng Nghe hiểu lấy thông tin vận dụng làm các bài tập theo


thiết kế của bài học.


<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>
- Gv: pictures


- Hs: Tra từ mới,xem trớc bài.
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy;</b>


<b>1.Warm up : 8 </b>
<i><b>* Game:Crossword puzzle</b></i>


L O S E


C L U E


J U N G L E


G
E
S
T


<b> *New lesson.</b>


<i><b>T</b><b>’</b><b>s and St</b><b>’</b><b>s</b><b>’</b><b> activities</b></i> <i><b>Contents</b></i>
<b>2.Pre- listening.</b>


*Activity1.
<b> - </b><i><b>Pre-teach voc.</b></i>



- T elicits words from Ss
- Ss read, repeat after teacher


<b>3.While- listening </b>


- Play the tape then ask Ps to listen then
correct the information.


- T holds class to play “What and where “
- T sets the scene “You are going to listen
<b>to an advertisement on the tape. There</b>
<b>are 4 mistakes in the advertisement in</b>
<b>your books, What are they ? “</b>


- Have SS read the advertisement for a few
minutes


- Ask Ss some questions about the
geographical names in the paragraph


SS listen to the tape 2 or 3 times
Ss answer the questions


T corrects and gives marks
<b>4.Production.</b>


<b>1.Listen.</b>
*New words.


Relaxing (a) relaxing vacation



Crystal clear (a) = completely (trong st)
clear and bright


Coral(n) san h«
Snorkel(v) bơi


<i> *<b>What and where: The new words</b></i>


- Liste & correct the text as well as you can.
*Answer key


Incorrect Correct


1.Southern


2.Coconut Palm Inn
3.jungle


4.6824


Far north


Coconut Palm Hotel
Rainforest


6924


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(159)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=159>

- Retell the text individually


<b>5.Homework </b>


- Do exercise, learn new words, structures
- Prepare next period


- Ask Ss to write 6 sentences of their own,
using three forms above


- Listen and remember.


- Remember to do all at home well.


Pre-date:


Tea-date:


<b>Unit 14</b>

:

<b>Wonders of the world</b>



<b>Period 90 - Week 33: </b>

<b>Read</b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Qua bài đọc này học sinh sẽ mở rộng thêm những kiến thức xã hội về những kì quan trên thế
giới.Từ đó áp dụng ngững kiến thức đó vào làm các bài tập theo thiết kế.


+.Grammar : none


+.Vocabulary : compile(v) claim (v) honor(v) god (a) religion (n) royal (a)
<b>II.ChuÈn bÞ;</b>



- Gv: pictures


- Hs: Tra từ mới,xem trớc bài.
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy;</b>


<b>1.Warm up : 8</b>
<i><b>*Game:Hangman.</b></i>


C O R A L


<i>Revision: Coral, crystal, clear, snorkel, relaxing </i>
<b> New lesson.</b>


<i><b>T</b><b>’</b><b>s and St</b><b>’</b><b>s activities</b></i> <i><b>Contents</b></i>
<b>2.Pre-reading.</b>


*Activity1.
<i>Pre-teach voc</i>


- Draw dashes on the board, each dash is for a
letter of the word


Have Ss guess the letters one by one. For
every wrong guess draw a line (from 1 to 8)
Ss will lose the game if they guess wrong 8
times


- T presents new words by simple English or
translation



- Ss listen, repeat new words and copy them
*Activity2. Vocab-practice.


- T holds class to play “slap the board”


- T writes these sentences in a sub-board and
put on the board


<b>3.While-reading.</b>


- Ask Ss to decide if the statement are true or
false


<b>2.Pre-reading.</b>
<i>* New words.</i>
To complete (v)


Claim (v) say sth is true
Honor (v): to show respect
God (male)goddess (female)
Religion (n)


Royal (a)
<i><b>Slap the board</b></i>


<b>II.True_False prediction.</b>


1) An Egyptian man compiled a list of what
he throught were the seven wonders of the
world



2) The only surviving wonder is The Pyramid
of Chiops in Egypt


3) Today, we can still see the Hanging
Gardens of Babylon in present day Iraq


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(160)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=160>

- Ss work in pairs


- Ask Ss to read the text on page 134, to check
their gueses


- Call on some Ss to correct the false
statements


- T corrects if necessary
<b>4.Post-reading.</b>


- Ask Ps to reteel the main information about
the contents of the lesson.


<b>5.Home work.</b>


- Ask Ps to leart by heart all the new words
and Prepare the next Part.


4) Angkor Wat was originally built to honor a
Hindu God


5) The Great Wall of China first wasn’t in the


list of the 7 wonders of the world


6) In the early 15th<sub> century, The Khmer King</sub>


chose Angkor Wat as the new capital
<i><b>Answer key:</b></i>


1) False: Greek man named Antipater did it
2) True


3) False. The only surviving wonder is the
Pyramid of Cheops in Egypt


4), 5): True


6) False: In the early 15th<sub> century, the Khmer</sub>


King chose Phnom Penh as the new capital
- St’s telling about the contents of the lesson
for short.


- Listen and remember to do all at home well.
Pre-date:


Tea-date:


<b>Unit 14: </b>

<b>Wonders of the world</b>



<b>Period 91 - Week 33: Write</b>


<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Trong tiết học này hoc sinh sẽ vận dụng kiến thức đã học vào để viết một bức th cho bạn kể
về một nơi mà mình đã đến thăm và có ấn tợng đặc biệt với nơi đó


+. Grammar: Pay attention to the Past simple tense and the present perfect tÕn.


+. Vocabulary: ranger (a) edge (n) canyon (n) breathtaking (a) temperate (a) Stone Age (n)
<b>II.ChuÈn bÞ;</b>


- Gv: pictures


- Hs: Tra từ mới,xem trớc bài.
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy;</b>


<b>1.Warm up : 8:</b>
<i><b>Guessing game.</b></i>


- Ask Ss to think of one of the wonders of the world and write it on a piece of paper
- Call on a student to the font of the class with his/ her paper


- Have the rest of the class ask him/ her Yes_No questions to guess the wonder
- Ss guessing correct is the winner


Eg:


S1: It isn’t in Asia
S2: Is it in Europe ?
S1: No, it isn’t


S3: Is it in America ?


S1: yes, it is


S4: Is it ...?


<b> *New lesson.</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2. Pre_teaching </b>
*Activity1.


<b>Write.</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(161)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=161>

<i>Pre_teach voc</i>


- T elicits words from Ss
- Get Ss copy and read them
*Activity2. Vocab-practice.
- T checks Ss understand


- Ask Ss to read the letter Tim sent to Hoa
about his trip to the grand Canyon on page
135


- Tell Ss to complete the letter by inserting
the letters of the missing sentences (A, B,
C, D)


- Call on some Ss to read their complete
letters in front of the class



- T corrects


<b>3.While_writing.</b>


- T sets the scene “<i><b> Imagine you have</b></i>
<i><b>visited a place recently. Write a letter to a</b></i>
<i><b>friend</b></i> of yours and tell him/ her about this
place ”


- Draw the outline on the board and elicit
some details


- Have Ss talk about something they have
done first by asking questions for them
answer


- Ss write a letter in their notebooks
- T corrects if necessary


<b>4.Post_writing.</b>
<i><b>Interview:</b></i>


- Ss use the outline on the board and the
information in their letters to make an
interview.


<b>5. Homework.</b>


- Write a completed letter in your notebook


- Do exercises in notebook


- Prepare conten for the revision


Ranger (a) (person who takes care of a park)
Edge (n)


Canyon (a)


Breathtaking (a): very exciting, inpressive
Tenperate (a)


Stone Age (n)


<i><b>Rub out and Remember</b></i>


1. Letter on page 135/ textbook


- Work in groups of 2 tables to put the letter in
the right order .


<b>Answer key</b>


1 C 2 B 3 D 4 A


- Listen & look at the information to write the
letter to your friend.


+ Place: Phong Nha Cave/ Cuc Phuong National
park.



+ Distance: 100km/ 12 hours by train
+ How to get there: (by bus/ plane)
+ Sights: (beautiful/ breathtaking)
+ Weather: (temperature, sunny, cool)
+ How you feel: (happy, relaxed)
<b>4.Post_writing.</b>


<i><b>Interview:</b></i>
<b>Ex: </b>


Where have you just visited ?
How far is it ?


How did you get there ?


What is it like ? Is it beautiful ?
How about the weather ?


How did you feel ?


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(162)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=162>

Pre-date:
Tea-date:


<b>Unit 14</b>

:

<b>Wonders of the world</b>


<b>Period 92 - Week 33: Language focus</b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Trong tiết học này hoc sinh sẽ vận dụng kiến thức đã học vào để làm bài tập đã đợc thiết kế


trong sach.


- Học sinh phát triển các kĩ năng làm bài tập viết câu và hoàn thành câu theo chủ đề gợi ý.
- Bài tập chia động từ với các cấu trúc câu.(Passive form, Indirect questions with If and
Whether, Question words before to-infinitives.)


- Học sinh phát triển kĩ năng t duy và liên hệ sâu trong thực tế giao tiếp hàng ngày.
<b>II.Chuẩn bÞ;</b>


- Gv: Situtation,the old knowleges.
- Hs : Revise the old lesson carefully.
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy:</b>


<b>1. Warm up : :</b>


* Holding the class in order and check the old lesson.


<b>+ Vocabulary: construct (v), design (v), summit (v), expendition (n), guide (v)</b>
+ Grammar: Passive in Past Simple tense


Indirect Yes_No question


<b> * New lesson.</b>


<b>T’s & Sts’ activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Presentation.</b>


- T writes the words and their meaning on
the board



- Ask Ss to go the matching


- Call on some Ss to draw the lines to
connect the words


- T corrects and gives answer keys


- T asks Ss to retell the form of passive in
the Past Simple tense


- Ask Ss to complete the sentences with the
right passive form of the verbs


Call on some Ss to give their answers


- T sets the scene<i><b>: Yesteday, Nga and Nhi</b></i>
<i><b>talked about My Son, one of the world</b></i>
<i><b>cultural Heritage of Vietnam. Beside</b></i>
<i><b>answering some of Nhi</b><b>’</b><b>s questions Nga</b></i>
<i><b>gave her some additional information</b></i>
<i><b>about My Son </b></i>


- Ask Ss to retell the form of Indirect
Yes_No question


- Call on one student to read the question
another student read the reported sentence


I. Matching


1. construct (v)
2. design (v)
3. guide


a. thiÕt kÕ
b. x©y dùng
c. híng dÉn
<i>Answer keys: 1- b 2- a 3 - c</i>


<i>Revision</i>


<b>Form of passive in Past Simple tense</b>
S + was / were + PP + by O


3. Practice (15’)
Answer keys


a. was completed d. was presented
b. was constructed e. was reached
c. was designed


+ Language focus 2
+ Presentation


<b>Form: S + asked + if / whether...</b>
+ Practice:


<i>Answer key:</i>


a. Nhi asked Nga if she knew My Son



b. Nhi asked Nga if My Son was in Quang
Nam province


c. Nhi asked Nga if / whether it was far from
Hanoi


d. Nhi asked Nga if / whether many tourists
visited My Son every year


f. Nhi asked Nga if Nga wanted to visit My
Son one day


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(163)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=163>

- T corrects if necessary
- T asks Ss to retell the model
Ss do exercises


- T corrects if necessary
<b>5.Homework.</b>


- L.Focus 1: Turn the passive to active
- Do exercises in workbook


- Prepare next period: Consolidation for
test


4. Post (10’)
<i><b>Form</b></i>:


S + V + Question word + To_inf


<i>Answer key</i>


a. Nga told Nhi how to go there


b. Nga showed Nhi where to get tickets
c. Nga pointed out where to buy souvenirs
d. Nga advised Nhi how to go from My Son to
Hoi An


e. Nga told Nhi what to do there during the
visit


- Listen and remember to do all at home.
Pre-date:


Tea-date:


<b>Week 33 - Period 93 : CONSOLIDATION</b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Sau khi hồn thành tiết học, học sinh đợc ôn lại các kiến thức đã học để chuẩn bị cho bài
kiểm tra một tiết. Nắm chắc đợc kiến thức đã học vận dụng vào trong thực tế giao tiếp.


( Language focus from unit 12 to unit 14.)


-Rèn kỹ năng làm một số dạng bài tập nh chia động từ, điền từ…
<b>II.Chuẩn bị :</b>


- Gv: Situtation,the old knowleges.


- Hs : Revise the old lesson carefully.
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy:</b>


<b>1. Warm up : : </b>


* Holding the class in order and check the old lesson.


<b>+ Vocabulary: construct (v), design (v), summit (v), expendition (n), guide (v)</b>
+ Grammar: Passive in Past Simple tense


Indirect Yes_No question


<b> * New lesson.</b>


<b>III. Tiến trình bài dạy </b>


1.Warm up:<b> </b>


- Hold a game :<i><b> Pelmanism </b></i>


- Help Sts review simple past form of some verbs .
“ Buy Make Hang Go Paint
Painted hung went bought made


<b> </b>* New lesson


<b>T s & St s activities</b>’ ’


<b>2.Presentation </b>



Activity 1


- Repeation (repeat the eg)
Eliciting questions


Which tense is used ?


<b>Contents</b>


<i><b>* / Exercise 1 </b></i>


A: What did Ba do on the weekend ?


B: He went to see a movie called “ Ghosts and Monsters


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(164)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=164>

How do you know ?


Does he do it now or in the
past ?


<b>* Practice </b>


- Ask Sts to read the dialogue
again then make similar
dialogues


<b>Activity 2</b>


- Ask Sts to look at the pictures


and match with the right phrases
Ask Sts to read the phrases


<b>*Practice </b>


- Ask Sts to do exercise 2
* Correct


<b>Activity 3 Wish </b>“ ”


Eg : I don’t have a daughter .


I’m not tall


( but I want to have a daughter
and I want to be taller )


<b>*Practice </b>


Ask sts to do exercise P


<b>4.Production </b>


Ask Sts to give their own wishes


<b>5.Homework </b>


- Ask Sts to review simple past
tense + wish + exercise 7



He saw it on Saturday afternoon at two o’clock .
- Make similar dialogues by replacing the underlined
parts ( P 11)


<i><b>*/ Look at the picture and match with the right </b></i>
<i><b>phrases </b></i>


- buy flowers
- make a cake


- hang colorful lamps
- go shopping


- paint a picrure of H N
<i><b>*Exercise 2 </b></i>


1 – she made a cake


2 – He hung colorful lamps
3 -– He bought flowers


4 – He painted a picrure of H N
5 - They went shopping


<i><b>* Ask and answer the questions ( in pairs ) </b></i>


What did he / she do ?
He / she ………..


Form


S1 + wish (es ) + S2 + V ed / were
+ didn’t + V
+ were not ….
<i><b>E xercise 3 </b></i>


b) I wish I were in the swimming pool now .
c) I wish I had a computer .


d) I wish I lived close to school .
e) I wish I had a sister .


f) I wish I drew well .


g) I wish I had my friend,<sub>s phone number.</sub>


h) I wish I knew many friends .


i) I wish it rained so often in my home town .


j) I wish there were rivers and lakes in my hometown
- Remember to do at home.


Pre-date:


Tea-date:


<b>Week 33 - Period 94 </b>

-

<b>Written test No 4</b>




<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(165)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=165>

- Kiểm tra nhằm đánh giá kết quả học tập của Hs trong q trình học để có thể đa ra những
điều chỉnh bổ xung trong thời gian tới cho phù hợp hơn.


- Mục tiêu đề ra là từ 75%các em làm bài đạt từ Tb trở lên
- Rèn kỹ năng làm các Bt dạng trắc nghiệm và tự luận .
- Giáo dục tính tự giác chủ động trong học tập của Hs.
<b>II.Chuẩn bị; </b>


G.v :đề bài phô tơ & đáp án
HS:ơn lại bài.


<b>III,TiÕn tr×nh kiĨm tra;</b>
<b>1.Warm up : </b>


*Ma TrËn.


<b>Tªn chđ</b>


<b>đề</b> <b>Nội dung cần kiểm tra</b>


<b>NhËn biÕt</b>


<b>45%</b> <b>Th«ng hiĨu35%</b>


<b>VËn dơng</b>


20%
Cấp độ Cấp độ


thập cao


Céng
100%


<b>Listen</b>



- Choose
the correct
sentencese


as you


hear. A or
B?


<i><b>-</b></i>The present simple tense
- The near future with Be
going to


Số câu 5
Số điểm
2,5


Số câu:5Số
điểm:2,5
(25%)

<b>Reading</b>


1- Choose

the correct
word to
complete ..
,


About recycling paper
( How many and What
questions)
Sè c©u
2
Số điểm
1
Số câu
3
Số điểm
1,5
Số câu:5
Số
điểm:2,5
(25%)
<b>Language</b>
<b>focus</b>
Multiple
choice


- Waterfalls ,known as
in order to, so as to
-Present simple
-Past simple



-Would you mind if I …..
-Would you mind
v-ing… ….? ..



-Sè câu
3
Số điểm
1,5
Số câu
2


Số điểm 1


Số câu:5
Số
điểm:2,5
(25%)

<b>Writing</b>


Rewrite
sentences
using
words
given


<b>-</b> Passive form


-Would you mind if I …..
-Would you mind
v-ing .? ..



<b></b>
-Số
câu
5
Số
điểm
2,5
Số câu:5
Số
điểm:2,5
(25%)


<b>Total</b>

Số câu:5


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(166)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=166>

<b>2/Guide students the way to do the tests</b>
<b>3.Test contents </b>


I.


<b> Listen and choose A or B (2ms)</b>


1. A. Mrs Robinson wants Liz to go to the flower market


B. Mrs Robinson wants Mr Robinson to go to the flower market


2. A. Mrs Robinson wants some peach blossoms because they are traditional at Tet
B. Mrs Robinson wants some marigolds because they are traditional at Tet
3. A. Liz is busy



B. Liz is not busy


4. A. Mrs Nga is going to show Mrs Robinson how to make spring rolls
B. Mrs Nga is going to show Mrs Robinson how to make moon-cakes


II.Read these sentences below, fill in each blank with one suitable word in the box (2ms)
temples carved single double flag Crystal-clear water starting point
1/ I spent my time swimming in... of the Coral sea


2/ Angkor Wat is one of the largest... in the world
3/ Ancient people ... figures into rocks


4/ A... bed is for two people
III. Choose the right word ( 2ms )


1/ The first pyramids of Egypt ( built, were built, are built ) around 3000 BC
2/ He urged me ( to learn, learning, learn ) French better


3/ I use these pieces of wood to ( do, make, have) the fire
4/ You are always ( talking, talk, talked) in class


5/ Motorbikes ( make, made, making) in China are cheap
6/ Thanks ( to, with, for ) inviting me to the party


7/ Paris is famous for its...( Big Ben Clock, Eiffel Tower, Statue of Liberty )
8/ Do you know how ( make, making, to make ) fire without using the matches ?
IV. Supply the correct form of the verbs (1m)


a. May I ( borrow) your bike when you are on vacation



b. We decide ( buy) a book about the seven wonders of the ancient world
c. When we ( meet ) Tam yesterday, we ( walk ) through the park


d. Your poem should ( write ) in French
V. Give the correct form of words (1m)


a. His plays were ... on the stages in London ( performance)


b. On Christmas Day, I often send my close friends... cards ( greet )
c. There are ... in the race ( compete)


d. ... , we lost the game. we felt very disappointed ( fortunate)
VI. Change the sentences into the passive voice (1m )


1/ They have just built a new church near my house
2/ Miss Thanh taught me to draw the Christmas cards
VII. Change the sentences into indirect speech (1m)
1/ The children said, “ We are waiting for the school bus “
2/ Nga said, “ Is Phong Nha Cave in southern Vietnam, Nhi ? “
<b>4Feed back.</b>


<b>-Hand in the tests & give remarks .</b>
<b>5.Homework.</b>


- Prepare for the next period to check the tests.
Pre-date:


Tea-date:


<b>Unit 15</b>

:

<b>COMPUTERS</b>




<b> Period 95-Week 33: Getting started & Listen & read</b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(167)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=167>

+ Grammar: Present Perfect tense .


- Hs rèn kỹ năng nghe, phát triển đoạn hội thoại và tiếp tục nâng cao phản x nhanh thụng qua
hot ng Brainstorm.


<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>
- Gv: Bảng phụ


- Hs: Tra từ mới, xem trớc bài.
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy;</b>


<b>1.Warm up : </b>


<i><b>Brainstorm( Advantages of the computer</b>)</i>
( Students play in 2 big groups)


Computers can help us


<b>* New lesson.</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Presentation. </b>


- Ss write the topic on the board



- Ask Ss to think of the topic and express
their opinions


- T collects Ss’ opinions


- T presents new words
- Ss repeat and say meaning


<b>3.Practice.</b>


Teacher sets the scene: “ <i><b>Mr Nhat are</b></i>
<i><b>talking about the problem of the computer</b></i>
<i><b>they</b><b>’</b><b>ve just bought. What happens to the</b></i>
<i><b>computer ?</b></i>”


T puts the chart on the board and have Ss
guess which statements are true and which
are false


<b>4.Production.</b>


T writes Ss’ guesses on the board.


Ask Ss to open their books, read the
dialogue


Have Ss work in pairs again to check if
their guesses are right or not



T explains “ Facts or Opinion”


<i><b>+ Fact: a thing that is known to be true,</b></i>


<b>I.Getting started . </b>
* Suggestions:


+ Coputers help us learn interestingly
+ Computers help us learn more quickly


+Computers are convenient/ easy for keeping/
storing information


+Computers are very quickly in giving answers
to our questions


<b>II.Listen & read</b>
<i>Pre_teach vocabulary</i>
Printer (n)


Manual (a)
Connect (v)


Under guarantee (n)
Plug (n)


Socket (n)
<i><b>* Bingo</b></i>


* True/ False prediction


1. The printer isn’t working.


2. Nam has already turned the computer on
3. Nam knows how to connect a printer but he
hasn’t connected it properly.


4. The manual helped them to find out the
problem.


5. Mr Nhat bought the computer in HCM city
and it’s still under guarantee.


6. Mr Nhat thinks the company wouldn’t do
anything with his computer because it’s too far
from his place)


<i>Answer key</i>
1. T


2. T


3. F...and he has connected it properly
4. F


5. T


6. F Mr Nhat thinks the company should do
something with it


Answer key


a) Fact


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(168)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=168>

<i><b>especially when it can be proved</b></i>


<i><b>+ Opinion: your feelings or thoughts</b></i>
<i><b>about someone or something, rather than</b></i>
<i><b>a fact</b></i>


Ss read the statements and check
T corrects


<b>5.Homework. </b>
- Learn new words


- Do exercises in workbook.
- Fore see Speak & listen


c) Fact
d) Opinion
e) Fact
f) Opinion
- Write it up


-Listen & remember.


Pre-date:
Tea-date:


<b>Week 34- Period 96</b>

<b> :</b>

<b>Correct written test No 4</b>




<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Nhằm chỉ ra những lỗi cơ bản mà các em gặp phải trong bài kiểm tra cũng nh có đợc đánh
giá cụ thể q trình học tập của Hs


- Cịng qua tiết này tìm ra phơng pháp học tập hợp lý hơn trong họckì hai.


-Thụng qua tit kim tra giỳp G.V phân loại Hs để có biện pháp kế hoạch cụ thể giúp các em
tiến bộ hơn trong học tp .


<b>II.Chuẩn bị</b>;


- G.v :Một số lỗi sai cơ bản, một số bài kiểm tra tốt & không tốt
Hs ;Xem lại bài.


<b>III . Tiến trình bài dạy</b>
<b>1.Warm up . </b>


* New lesson
<b>*Keys: </b>


<b>I.Listening ( 2ms )</b>


1B 2B 3B 4A
<b>II. 2ms</b>


1/ Crystal- clear water
2/ temples


3/ carved


4/double
<b>III. 2ms</b>
1/ were built
2/ to learn
3/ make
4/ talking
5/ made
6/ for


7/ Eiffel Tower
8/ to make
<b>VI. 1m</b>
a/ borrow
b/ to buy


c/ met/ were walking
d/ be written


<b>V. 1m</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(169)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=169>

<b>VI. 1m</b>


1/ A new church has just been built near my house


2/ I was taught to draw the Christmas cards by Miss Thanh
<b>VII. 1m</b>


1/ The children said that they were waiting for the school bus
2/ Nga asked Nhi if Phong Nha was in Southern Vietnam



<b>2.Common mistakes.Eg:-The new church have just been build near my house .</b>
- Dictation of writing and form.


- Students have many difficulties in change form active sentences into passive sentences.
- Students don’t learnt by heart more new words so that they don’t understand the text.
3.a. Pull out experiences .


- The introdiction should be more nessecery clear
b.The way to make it better.


- Give more clear introduction next time.


- Give more kinds of exercises to make students get more similar with them.
<b>4.Direction of giving marks</b>


-No need to change the marks
<b>5.Conclusion:</b>


Giái Kh¸ T.b Ỹu KÐm


Pre-date:
Tea-date:


<b>Unit 15: COMPUTERS</b>



<b> Period 97-Week 34: Speak & Listen (unit 16)</b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Hs tiếp tục thảo luận về máy tính,mở rộng vốn từ vựng qua các từ và cụm từ nh :challenging


(a), time_consuming, adjust (v),knob (n), disagree, agree (v) flow chart, insert…..Đồng
thì Hs biết các bớc hay qui trình để mua một đồ uống qua máy bán hàng tự động đợc minh
hoạ qua máy tính.


-Hs rèn kỹ năng thảo luận đa ra ý kiến và đáp lại ý kiến, kỹ năng nghe hoàn thành s mt
qui trỡnh.


<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>
- Gv: Bảng phụ


- Hs: Tra từ mới, xem trớc bài.
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy;</b>


<b>1.Warm up : </b>
<i><b>Guessing game</b></i>


“ Do you think that ...?”


Ask Ss each to think of one of the ways computers are helpful and write it on a piece of paper
Call on a student to the front of the class


Get the rest of the class ask him/ her “ Do you think that computers are...?”
Ss can only answer with “Yes or No


<b> </b>


<b> * New lesson</b>


<i><b>Teacher and students</b><b>’</b><b> activities</b></i> <i><b>Contents</b></i>
<b>2.Pre- speaking</b>



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(170)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=170>

<i>Brainstorm:</i>


T writes the topic on the board


Useful expressions to express agreement
and disagreement


Explain “on the other hand”


Put the table on the board and elicit Ss’
answers then write them in the table
Put the photocopied pictures on the right
of the board and the cues on the left


<b>3.While </b>–<b>speaking.</b>


Get a student to demonstrate the model (a)
Ask Ss to use the adjectives in the box on
page 140 to express their opinions


T presents some new words


Ss practice speaking
Ss practice before class
Ss work in pairs


T corrects


<b>* Listen</b>



<b>* Pre-listening.</b>


-Help students to get the meaning of new
words.


-Help students to do What & where.


<b>* While </b>–<b>listening.</b>


-Read the text 2 times then ask students to
get information.


-Ask students to give the keys


Adventages of computer:
-save time


-get information
-listen to music….
…..


<i>Matching</i>


1. Reading comic books d
2. Playing in the rain a


3. Oriving a car b


4. Foreign food c



<i>Answer key: 1b 2c 3a 4d </i>
* Practice


T: I think driving a car is easy.


P: I disagree. I think it’s difficult to drive a car.
<i>New words</i>


Challenging (a)
Time_consuming
Adjust (v)


Knob (n)


<i>Mapped dialogue</i>


I am having problems


with What’s wrong ?


It doesn’t work. I... No, you didn’t
Oh, sorry


<b>*Listen ( unit 16</b><i><b>)</b></i>


<b>*Pre_teach vocabulary</b>
Procedure (n)


Pulp (n)



(What is used to make paper ?)
vat (n)


drain (v)
roller (n)
roll (n)


<b>*What and Where</b>


<i>Answer key</i>


1. simple 3. two hundred 5. rollers
2. same 4. left


<i>*Answer key:</i>


Procedure Pulp vat


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(171)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=171>

<b>4.Post-listening & speaking</b>
5.Homework


- Do exercises in workbook part speak &
listen


- prepare Read


1-c
2-d
3-a


4-e
5-g


- Retelling individually.
- Listen then copy.
-.


-Listen & remember
Pre-date:...


Tea-date: 8a1: 8a2:
8a3:


<b>Unit 15: COMPUTERS</b>


<b>Period 95-Week 33: Read</b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Hs biết thêmvề công dụng của máy tính trong nhà trêng nh th viƯn, qu¶n lý häc tËp qua
nh÷ng cơm tõ nh: freshman (n) bulletion board (n) impact (n)jack(n) skeptical (a)....


-Hs rèn kỹ năng đọc hiểu dạng Đúng / Sai và trả lời câu hỏi.
<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>


- Gv: B¶ng phụ


- Hs: Tra từ mới, xem trớc bài.
<b>III.Tiến trình bài d¹y;</b>


<b>1.Warm up : 8a1: 8a2: 8a3:</b>


* Jumbled words: words relating to a computer


1. terpirn
2. seumo
3. recsnc
4. nimorot


5. bdoaryke
6. moseu dap
<i>Answer key</i>


1. Printer


2. mouse 3. screen4. monitor 5. key board6. mouse pad
1. Printer


2. mouse 3. screen4. monitor 5. key board6. mouse pad
Put the cardboards on the board


Ss work in 2 teams
Elicit words from Ss


<b> </b>


<b> * New lesson</b>


<i><b>Teacher and students</b><b>’</b><b> activities</b></i> <i><b>Contents</b></i>
2. Pre-reading.


* Guessing



T asks Ss to guess what they’ve going to
read


T writes Ss’ guesses on the board


-Ask Sts to scan the text & find new words


* New words
freshman (n)
jack (a)


bulletion board = notice board
skeptical (a)


impact (n)


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(172)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=172>

Get Ss to read the text again then choose
true or false


<b>3.While- reading </b>


- T asks Ss to answer questions
Ss write on the board


T corrects


- Ask students to re read the text then
answer the questions in groups of 4.



- Check and correct
<b>4.Post-reading.</b>
<b>5.Home work:</b>


-Learn by heart new words


-Rewrite the advantages of computer in the
school.


-Fore see Write.


1. Where in the library do we get/ find
information ?


2. How can we store the information ?


3. If we want to discuss something, how can we
do


* True or False?
a) T


b) T
c) T
d) F
e) F
f) T


*Answers



a) It has no library. All the information
normally found in a library is now stored in the
university’s computes


b) All the information normally found in a
library or messages normally foound on a
bulletin board


c) A computer and a telephone


d) With a bulletin board on the Internet, a great
number of people can get access to bulletin and
exchange informatin quickly


- Retell the advantages of computer at school


-Listen & remember


Pre-date:...


Tea-date: 8a1: 8a2:
8a3:


<b>Unit 15: COMPUTERS</b>



<b>Period 96-Week 34 - Write</b>


<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Hs biết thêmvề cơng dụng của máy tính cũng nh một số thao tác về máy tính để in một văn
bản qua một số từ vựng có liên quan đến chủ đề bài học nh : paper input tray (n),



power button (n), icon (n), output path (n), remove (v) .
- Grammar structures :Write instructions.


- Hs luyện kỹ năng viÕt lêi chØ dÉn cơ thĨ lµ viÕt chØ dÉn in một văn bản.
<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>


- Gv: Bảng phụ


- Hs: Tra từ mới, xem trớc bài.
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy;</b>


<b>1.Warm up : 8a1: 8a2: 8a3:</b>
<i><b>*Bingo.</b></i>


Monitor power Computer


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(173)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=173>

Notice board Bulletin board Paper
- Guide students to play game in 5 minutes .


- Help and correct if need.


<b>* New lesson.</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Pre-writing.</b>


- T uses the picture on page 142 to elicit
words from Ss



- Ss repeat and say the meaning
- Have Ss copy


- Ask Ss to look at exercise 1 and do the
matching


- Get some Ss to give their answers and
correct .


<b>3.While-writing.</b>


- Ask Ss to look at the pictures on page 143
and read the cues


- Have Ss work in pairs to outline the
instructions


- Call on some Ss to say out the instructions
first (1 or 2 Ss for each sentence)


<b>4.Post-writing.</b>


-Guide students to put the instructions in the
correct orders


<b>5.Homework.</b>


- Do exercises in workbook
- Prepare: Language focus



New words


Paper input tray (n)
Power button (n)
Icon (n)


Output path (n)
Remove (v)
<i><b>Matching</b></i>
<i>Answer key</i>


a)3 b)1 c)6 d)2 e)4 f)5


<i>Answer key</i>


Remove the old paper and load the new
paper in the paper input tray


Wait for the power button to flash


Have the pages appear on the computer
screen


Click the printer icon on the screen and
wait for a few seconds


The printed paper will come out of the
output path in a minute



<b>*Ordering.</b>


1.choose the amount of money you want.
2.enter the PIN.


3.Insert the card in to the machine.
4.get money and the receipt.


* Answer keys.
3-2-1-4.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(174)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=174>

Pre-date:...


Tea-date: 8a1: 8a2:
8a3:


<b>Unit 15: COMPUTERS</b>



<b>Period 97Wesek 34-Language focus</b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Hs luyện tập thì hiện tại hoàn thành với Yet và already.Đồng thời Hs sẽ hiểu hơn về sự kết
hợp của thì hiện tại hồn thành và quá khứ đơn giản.


-Grammar structures : the presen perfect tense.


-Hs rèn kỹ năng làm các bài tập thực hành dạng điền câu, thực hành nói theo cặp, hoàn thành
bài hội thoại.



<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>
- Gv: Bảng phụ


- Hs: Tra từ mới, xem trớc bài.
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy;</b>


<b>1.Warm up : 8a1: 8a2: 8a3:</b>
<i><b>*Lucky number</b></i>


1/ What does your father / mother do ?
2/ What did you do last night ?


3/ Lucky number


4/ How often is Hue festival held ?
(It is held every 2 years )


5/ Lucky number


6/ What were you doing at 8 o’clock
last night ?


7/ Guess what your parents are doing at the moment ?
8/ Who often cooks in your family ?


9/ Which grade will you be in next school year ?
10/ Lucky number


- T divides the class into 2 teams& guide students the way to play.
-Check & correct.



<b>* New lesson.</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>


<b>2.Presentation.</b>
* Set the scene
- T sets the scene


- T shows the chart (Ba’s diary) on the board


- T presents the present perfect with “yet”
and “already”


- Have Ss copy


<b>*Language focus 1</b>


_ Do homework √  (already)
_ Tidy the room X  (not yet)


_ Turn off the washing machine √ 
(already)


_ Call and tell aunt Le to have lunch √ 
(already)


<b>Present perfect with Yet and Already</b>“ ” “ ”
<i>Use:</i>



Yet: used in questions and negative
statements.


Already: used in positive statements
<b>Position:</b>


Yet: at the end of the sentence


Already: between auxiliary have and past
participle


<b>Answer key</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(175)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=175>

<b>3.Pracite.</b>


- Ss complete the dialogue using Yet and
already


- Call on some pairs to demonstrate the
dialogue for the class


- Give feedback and correct


- T corrects


- Ask Ss to look at the flight information
tables and asks questions to show the models
- Ask Ss talking in turns to ask and answer
the questions



- Guide students the way to do the practice


-Guide students the way to do the practice.


- Check then correct


<b>4.Production.</b>


- Ask Ps to tell the main contents of the
lesson.


<b>5.Homework.</b>


- Do exercises in workbooks
- Prepare: Correction 4
- Write questions & answers


- I haven’t cleaned and tidied it yet
- I have already turned it off


- I’ve already called and told her to have
lunch with us


<b>*Focus 2</b>


<b>Questions and answers</b>


T: Has the flight to Vientiane departed yet ?
S: Yes, it has already departed



T: Has the flight from Los Angeles arrived
yet ?


S: No, it hasn’t arrived yet


<b>*Focus 3.Read the sentences then check</b>
<b>the column.</b>


Student’ s answers .


<b>*Focus 4.Complete the dialogues. Use the</b>
<b>presen perfect tense or the past simple</b>
<b>tense.</b>


1.Have ever seen….did you see……saw
2.haven’t had


3,have been.


4.have you ever heard
5.happened


6.had
7.fell
8.broke


9 has the plane arrived yet?
Has


Did….arrive


Arrived


-Listen then copy


- Think of them then try to speak about
before the class.


- Listen then copyto do at home.


Pre-date:...
Tea-date:


<b> Unit 16- INVENTIONS</b>



Period 98-week 34-Getting started

<b>Listen & read</b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Hs làm quen với chủ đề về các phát minh, cụ thể là quá trình phát triển của giấy viết va f
cách làm sô cô la .


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(176)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=176>

- Grammar: none


- Hs rèn kỹ năng đọc hiểu lấy thông tin và phát triển kỹ năng mở rộng đoạn hội thoại.
<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>


- Gv: Bảng phụ


- Hs: Tra từ mới, xem trớc bài.
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy;</b>



<b>1.Warm up : 8a1: 8a2: 8a3:</b>
** Quiz _ who did it ?


Who was the inventor of ...? or who invented ...?
* New lesson


<i><b>Teacher and students</b><b>’</b><b> activities</b></i> <i><b>Contents</b></i>
<b>2.Presentation.</b>


* Introduction.


T tells the teams to raise their hands
when T finished the questions


Get Ss to look at the pictures on page
147 and ask them some questions to
evaluate how much they understand
the pictures


Ask Ss to read the sentence (AE) and
match them with the correct pictures
Call on some Ss to give their answers
Give feedback and correct


<b>* Picture & eliciting questions.</b>


Elicit words form Ss



Ss repeat and say meaning


Ss copy


T sets the scene:
Ss guess


T writes Ss’ prediction on the board


<b>3.Practice.</b>


Ask Ss to match the half sentences on
page 149


Have Ss compare their answer with
their pictures


<i><b>Getting started</b></i>


Where are they form ? (picture a, b, c)
What is the man in picture a) doing ?
What is it ? (d)


<i>Answer key:</i>
A. b)


B. c)
C. e)
D. a)
E. d)



<b>II. Listen & read</b>
<i><b>Pre_teach vocabulary</b></i>
Remove (v)


Liquify (v)
Crush (v)


Grind / ground / ground
Manufature (v)= produce
Process (n)


Mold (n)
Conveyor belt
II. Open prediction


<i><b>Tim Jones, Hoa</b><b>’</b><b>s American penpal, is visiting a</b></i>
<i><b>chocolate factory with his class and his teacher.</b></i>
<i><b>Mrs Allen, now, guess who will show them</b></i>
<i><b>around the factory and what they will learn from</b></i>
<i><b>this visit</b></i>


<i>Answer key</i>
E a)


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(177)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=177>

<b>4.Production.</b>


Put the gird on the board and have Ss
copy



Ask Ss to read the dialogue again and
fill in the grid


<b>5.Homework.</b>


- Learn by heart new words


- Rewrite the grid using sequence
markers (first, next, then,..., finally)


<i>Grid</i>


<i>Answer key</i>


1. The beans are washed, weighed and cooked
2. The shells are removed


3. The beans are crushed and liquefied


4. Cocoa butter, sugar, vanilla and milk are added
5. The mixture is ground, rolled and poured into
the molds


-Listen and remember.
Pre-date:...


Tea-date: 8a1: 8a2:


8a3:

<b> Unit 16 - INVENTIONS</b>




Period 99-week 34-Speak & Listen



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Hs làm quen với chủ đề về các phát minh đang đợc sử dụng trong cuộc sông hàng ngày nh ;
facsimile, microphone, laser. Qua các hoạt động nói trong bài Hs sẽ biết tác giả của những
phát minh này.


-Vocabulary: vat,roller, drain, pulp………….
- Grammar: passive voice in the past


- Hs rèn kỹ năng khai thác thông tin, nòi theo cặp, kỹ năng nghe hiểu lấy thông tin, điền từ
hoàn thành câu.


<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>
- Gv: Bảng phụ


- Hs: Tra từ mới, xem trớc bài.
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy;</b>


<b>1.Warm up : 8a1: 8a2: 8a3:</b>
* <i><b>Bingo </b></i>(Revision) - (foreman, process, manufacture, remove,


crush, liquify, grind, pour, mold, conveyor belt )
- Help students to resive words.


- Check then correct.


* New lesson.



<i><b>Teacher and students</b><b>’</b><b> activities</b></i> <i><b>Contents</b></i>
<b>2.Pre-speaking.</b>


T has Ss study the meanings of the
inventions in the information table.


-Help students to find new words.


<b>I.Speak.</b>


* Pre_teach voc
1. Facsimile


2. Reinforced concrete
3. Microphone


4. X_ray


5. Loudspeaker


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(178)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=178>

-Ask Ss to read the dialogue on page 148
again and pick out all of the passive
sentences


-Call on Ss to give their answer


-Have Ss review the passive in the present
and past simple tenses


<b>3.While-speaking.</b>



-T asks Ss to ask and answer questions
about the inventions to the fill in the
missing information


-Ask Ss to look at the tables on page 150
and page 156 and model the exchanges,
using a good students.


Ss work in pairs


-Ss ask and answer then fill in the missing
information


-Have Ss copy the complete table
<b>* Pre-listening.</b>


-Help students to get the meaning of new
words.


-Help students to do What & where.


<b>* While </b>–<b>listening.</b>


-Read the text 2 times then ask students to
get information.


-Ask students to give the keys


<b>4.Post-speaking & listening.</b>



-Model and have Ss repeat the speaking
sentense by sentense.


5.Homework


- Do exercises in the workbook, page 96


6. Helicopter


* Grammar Awareness
*S+ tobe + VpII + O
<i>*Asnwer key</i>


1) This is where the cocoa beans are stored (
pre, simple)


2) That button can not be touched (passive
with model)


3) The beans are washed, weighed and
cooked here


4) After the shells are removed...into
molds


<b> </b>


<b> *Questions & Answers .</b>



T: What was invented by Friedrich Koneig ?
S: Printing Press


T: When wa it invented ?
S: In 1810


T: Where was Koenig form ?
S: He was from Germany
<b>II.Listen.</b>


<b>*Pre_teach vocabulary</b>
Procedure (n)


Pulp (n)


(What is used to make paper ?)
vat (n)


drain (v)
roller (n)
roll (n)


<b>*What and Where</b>


<i>Answer key</i>


1. simple 3. two hundred 5. rollers
2. same 4. left


<i>*Answer key:</i>


1-c


2-d
3-a
4-e
5-g


- Retelling individually.
- Listen then copy.


Procedure Pulp vat


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(179)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=179>

- Prepare: Read


Pre-date:...


Tea-date: 8a1: 8a2:
8a3:


<b> Unit 16 - INVENTIONS</b>


Period 100-Week 35 -Read



<b>I.Mục tiêu:</b>


- Hs làm quen và hiểu rõ về một số phát minh của nhà phát minh Alexander Grahambell nh là
phát minh về lò vi sóng, lò níng……….


-Vocabulary: microwave, toaster, vacuum, hairdryer……….
- Grammar: the past simple tense.



- Hs rèn kỹ năng đọc hiểu khai thác thông tin, làm các bài tập dạng điền từ, hoàn thành câu.
<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>


- Gv: B¶ng phơ


- Hs: Tra tõ míi, xem trớc bài.
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy;</b>


<b>1.Warm up : 8a1: 8a2: 8a3:</b>
*Brainstorm


- washing machine
- dishwasher


- refrigerator ...


-T asks Ss to work in pairs and make a list of modern equipment in their home
<b>* New lesson.</b>


<b>T’s & S’s activties</b>

<b>2</b>



<b> .Pre-reading .</b>
- Set the scene


-T presents some new words
Ss repeat and say the meaning
<b>3.While-reading.</b>


- Ss listen to the teacher about the


content of the poem


- Get Ss to read the poem on page 151
- Ask Ss some questions to help them
understand the reading more


- Have Ss match the headings to the


Contents
<b>I.Read. </b>


<i><b>*Pre-teach vocabulary</b>: <b> </b></i>
Microwave (n)


Vacuum (n)
Toaster (n)
Hairdryer (n)
Dishwasher (n)
** Bingo


<i><b>*Matching (read 1)</b></i>


What’s the 1st<sub> verse about ?</sub>


Is the 2nd<sub> verse about the appliances used in the</sub>


kitchen ?


What are “doom, chugga_chug, vroom,
boom” ?



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(180)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=180>

verses on page 152


- Call on Ss to give their answers
- Give feedback and correct


-Tell Ss to read the sentences and fill in
the gaps with the inventions taken from
the poems


-Have Ss compare their answers with
their partners


-Ss give their answer and correct.
<b>4.Post-reading.</b>


-Guide students to play the guessing
game.


-Help then check.
<b>5.Homework .</b>


- Do exercises in the workbook, page 96
prepare Write .


<i><b>Answer key</b></i>
Verse 1: b
Verse 2: c
Verse 3: a (10’)
<i><b>*Gap_fill</b></i>


<i><b>*Answer key</b></i>


1. vacuum 4. microwave


2. telephone 5. hair dryer
3. washing machine 6. toaster
<b>*Guessing game</b>


EX: Is it used to clean and dry our hair ?
...


- Listen then rememer to do at home.


Pre-date:...


Tea-date: 8a1: 8a2:
8a3:


<b>Unit 16 - INVENTIONS</b>


<b>Period 101-Week 35-Write</b>



<b>I.Mục tiêu:</b>


- Hs ôn lại qui trình làm giấy và cách chế biến đậu ca cao.
-Vocabulary: liquor, ferment, cocoa power, roast………..
- Grammar: the passive voive in the past simple tense.


- Hs rèn kỹ năng và nâng cao kỹ năng viết (qui trình ), thuần thục cách dùng các từ chỉ sự nối
tiếp nh then, next, after this



<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>
- Gv: Bảng phụ


- Hs: Tra từ mới, xem trớc bài.
<b>III.Tiến trình bài d¹y;</b>


<b>1.Warm up : 8a1: 8a2: 8a3:</b>
* <i><b>Jumbled words</b></i>


1.


= Pulp
2 = roller
3.


= remove
4.


= drain


- Put the cardboards with jumbled words on the board
lppu


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(181)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=181>

Inform the topic: words relate to papermaking procedure


-Ask each group to write their answer on a piece of paper to hand
<b>*New lesson.</b>


<b>T’s & St’s activities</b> <b>Contents</b>



<b>2.Pre-writing.</b>
-Introduction.


-Present new words.


<b>3.While- writing .</b>
- Elicit words from ss


- Ss repeat and say the meaning
- Ss play the game


- Ask ss to read the text on page 152 and fill
in the gaps with the right sequence markers
to describe the procedure of paper-making
- Ask ss some questions to check if they
understand the text


- Call on some Ss to read the completed
sentences


- Give feedback and correct


- Have Ss look at the picture on page 153
- Ask Ss to put the pictures in the correct
order.


<b>4</b>


<b> . Post- writing .</b>



- Ask ps to think it over then retell the story
before the class.


<b>5.Homework . </b>


- Learn by heart new words.
- Re write the process.
- Fore see Language focus.


<i><b>*Pre-teach vocabulary.</b></i>


Log(n) : a thick piece of wood that is cut
from a tree


Flatten(v) : to make sth become flat
Refine(v)


Chemically(adv) : treated in a chemical
process


<i><b>*Rub out and remember</b></i>
<i><b>*Write 1</b></i>


+ What is cut into chips ?


+ What are chips mixed with before they are
crushed to heavy pulp ?


+ Why is the pulp passed through rollers?


+ What is the last step in paper- making ?
<i>*Answer keys:</i>


1. First 3. next 5. Then
2. Then 4. after this 6. finally
<b>*Write 2</b>


*Ordering pictures


*Answer key: 2-4-1-5-3-6
<i>*Write:</i>


1d-2a-3e-4c-5b-6f
* Retelling.




-First the fruit harvest is fermented for 3 or 9
days to lill beans and turn them brown.


-Next, the beans are dried in the sun.


-Then, the beans are cleaned in special
machine.-After this………


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(182)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=182>

Pre-date:...


Tea-date: 8a1: 8a2:
8a3:



<b>Period 102-Week 35: </b>

<b>Language focus</b>


<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Trong tiết học này Hs tiếp tục nắm vững cấu tạo, cách dùng thể bị động và nhng từ chỉ sự
liên tiếp.(sequence markers)


-Vocabulary: run a busuness/ company around the corner due to flood(n) zipper(n)
<i> -Grammar :Passive voice,sequence markers</i>


-Hs nâng cao kỹ năng làm bài tập các dạng : viết lại câu, đặt câu hỏi cho cho phần gạch chân.
<b>II.Chuẩn bị:</b>


-Gv:B¶ng phơ


-Hs: xem lại thể bị động, xem trớc bài.
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy.</b>


<b>1.Warm up. 8a1: 8a2: 8a3:</b>
Chatting to get good atmosphere.


<b> *New lesson:</b>


T’s & S’s activities contents
<b>2.Presentation.</b>


<b>* Revision.</b>


<b> *Guide students new words</b>


<b>3.Practice.</b>



<b>- Guide students the way to do the practice.</b>
- Ask students to work in group of 3 in 5
minutes.


- Check then correct.


- Guide students the way to do ex2.
- Students work in pairs in 4 minutes.


- Check then correct.


<b>I.Passive form.</b>
*Note.


S+tobe ( am/is/are )+VpII + by +O
( Was/were)


Eg. This cake/ are / made/ by /my mom.
S tobe VpII O


*New words.
run a busuness (v)
company (n)
around the corner
due to = because of
flood(n)


zipper (n)



<b>*Ex1.Change these sentences below in to </b>
<b>the passive voive.</b>


a.The document was typed by Mrs Quyen.
b.The computer was repaired by Mr.Nhan.
c.The picture was drawn by Ba.


d.The lights was turned off by Hoa.
e.The cake was baked by Lan.
-Listen then copy


<b>*Ex2.Use the correct verb forms of the </b>
<b>vetbs in brackets to complete these </b>
<b>sentences.</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(183)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=183>

- Guide students the way to do the practice.
<b>* Picture & guess.</b>


- Ask students to do the practice individually.


- Check then correct.


- Give brifly explanation about the way to
use the sequence markers.


- Guide students to do the practice.


- Check then correct.
<b>4.Production.</b>



-Ask students to prepare individually.
<b>5.Homework.</b>


c. run


d.was run was sold
e. was closed


-Listen then copy.


<b>*Ex3.Put the question for each of the </b>
<b>underlined phrase in these sentences </b>
<b>below.</b>


a.What was invented by W.L Judson in
1893?


b.What was brought into Vietnam by Phung
Khac Khoan?


When was maixe brought into Vietnam?
c.Where was the ballpoint pen invented?
d.In which machine is xerography widely
used?


-Listen then copy.
<b>II.Sequence markers.</b>


<b>* Ex4. Put the sequence markers in the </b>


<b>correct positions.</b>


1: first
2: then
3: next
4: after this
5: finally.


-Listen then copy.


-Retell the way to produce the white rice in
the traditional way.


-Learn by heart new words.
-Re-write ex4.


-Review the passive voice.


Pre-date:...


Tea-date: 8a1: 8a2:
8a3:


<b>Period 103-Week 35: </b>

<b>Revision (1)</b>


<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Trong tiết học này Hs có cơ hội ơn lại một số kiến thức trọng tâm cơ bản từ đơn vị bài 9 tới
đơn vị bài 13.Cụ thể là:


Grammar:



1. Passive Voice


2. Indirect speech/ Indirect question
3. Present/ Past Participle


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(184)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=184>

-Hs nâng cao kỹ năng làm bài tập các dạng : viết lại câu, chia ng t.
<b>II.Chun b:</b>


-Gv:Bảng phụ


-Hs: xem lại bài từ bài 9 tới bài 13.
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy.</b>


<b>1.Warm up. 8a1: 8a2: 8a3:</b>
*<i><b> Game</b></i>


T holds class to play game ( slap the board) to remind words.
-Words about Wonders of the world.


<b>* New lesson.</b>


<i><b>Teacher and Ss</b><b>’</b><b> activities</b></i> <i><b>Contents</b></i>
<b>2.Presentation.</b>


<b>*Revision.</b>


-T remind the way to change the sentences
from active to passive.



T asks ss to repeat the structures in Present,
past, Future, Present Perfect.


Ss do exercise


T consolidates the structures


<b>3.Practice.</b>


-Give the practice then guide ss the way to
do.


Then SS practice


Ss give the form and give some examples


Ss repeat the structures


II. Language focus
1/ <i><b>Passive voice</b></i>


<i><b> S+ be+ Vpp+ by O</b></i>
Change to passive voice


1/ Clement Clark Moore wrote the poem in
1823


2/ They have just built a new church near my
house



3/ They told us to go home and wait


4/ People speak French and English in
Canada


<b>Answer keys.</b>


1.The poem was written by Clark
Moore in 1823.


2.A new church has just been built near
my house.


3.We are told to go home and wait.
4.French & English are spoken in
Canada.


2/ Indirect speech/ Question
<i>* Indirect speech</i>


S+ said+ (that) + S+ V
S+ told+ O+ that + S+ V
* Indirect question


S+ asked + if/ whether+ S+V
<i><b>*Change to reported speech </b></i>


1/ A foreign tourist said to Lan, “ Is Phong
Nha in Quang Tri province?”



2/ She asked me, “ Can you be my guide to
Phong Nha this weekend?”


3/ She said,” I will answer the phone”


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(185)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=185>

SS do exercises in their notebooks


Ss rewrite the sentences


SS write them on the board


T corrects


-Give the keys


<b>4.Production.</b>


<b>-Hold a game to remind vocabulary</b>
-Control ss to enjoy game in 5 minutes.
<b>5.Homework.</b>


- Give ss prepape for next period.


<b>Answer keys.</b>


1.A foreign tourist asked Lan If Phong
Nha was in Quang Tri province.


2.She asked me if I could be her guide
to Phong Nha this week.



3.She said she would answer the phone.
4.Tom said Jone wanted to come there
but she was’nt very well.


3/ Present Participle and Past participle
<i>Do as directed</i>


1/ Do you know the woman? The woman is
talking to Tom( using “ Present Participle”)
2/ The boy was taken to the hospital. He was
injured in the accident( Past participle)


3/ I/ surprised/ see/ Paul/ the party/ last night
( using” Adj+ to- inf”)


4/ Is it all right if I take a photo?


-> Would you


mind...?


5/ This is a farm which grows vegetables
( using “ compound noun”)


6/ Nam gets up early every morning. He
doesn’t want to be late for school ( in order
to )


<b>* Answer keys.</b>



1.Do you know the woman talking to Tom.?
2.The boy taken to the hospital was injured in
the accident


3.I was surprised to see Paul at the party last
night.


4.Would you mind taking a photo?
5. Agrowing vegetable –farm.


6.Nam gets up early everymorning in oder to
not to be late for school.


<b>*Game:Brainstorming</b>


<b>(to remind words From unit 9 to unit 13.</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(186)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=186>

Pre-date:...


Tea-date: 8a1: 8a2:
8a3:


<b>Period 104-Week 35: </b>

<b>Revision (2)</b>


<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


- Trong tiết học này Hs có cơ hội ơn lại một số kiến thức trọng tâm cơ bản từ đơn vị bài 14 tới
đơn vị bài 16.Cụ thể là:


Grammar:



1.Would you mind…..?
-Do you mind…..?
2. Past Progressive tense
3.Ed& Ing participle.
4. Present/ Past Participle


. Vocabulary: from unit 14 to unit 16


-Hs nâng cao kỹ năng làm bài tập các dạng : viết lại câu, chia động t, in t.
<b>II.Chun b:</b>


-Gv:Bảng phụ


-Hs: xem lại bài từ bài 14 tới bài 16.
<b>III.Tiến trình bài dạy.</b>


<b>1.Warm up. 8a1: 8a2: 8a3:</b>
*<i><b> Game</b></i>


- T holds class to play game ( slap the board) to remind words.
- Words about Inventions.


<b>* New lesson.</b>


<i><b>Teacher and Ss</b><b>’</b><b> activities</b></i> <i><b>Contents</b></i>
<b>2.Presentation.</b>


T asks ss to repeat the structures in Present,
past, Future, Present Perfect



Ss do exercise


T consolidates the structures


<b>3.Practice.</b>
Then SS practice
-T help then correct.


II. Language focus


1/ Past Progressive tense
<b> S+ was/were + V-ing</b>


EX: While we were having lunch, Tom
arrived


It suddenly rained while they was sitting in
the garden


2/ <i><b>Do/ would you mind...?</b></i>


<i><b>Do/ Would you mind + </b></i>
<i><b>V-ing...?</b></i>


<i><b>Do you mind+ if+ S+ V( present)</b></i>


<i><b>Would you mind if + S+ V</b></i>
<i><b>( past)...?</b></i>



<i>*Give the correct form of verbs</i>


1/ When we ( meet) George yesterday, we
( walk) through the park


2/ What you (do) at 8 o’clock last night?
We ( watch) TV


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(187)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=187>

Ss give the form and give some examples


Ss repeat the structures


SS do exercises in their notebooks


-s rewrite the sentences
-S write them on the board


-Tcorrects then give the keys.


<b>4.Poduction.</b>


-T holds a game then control ss to play in 5
minutes.


<b>5.Homework.</b>
- Give the task.


<b> Answer keys.</b>


1.met were walking


2.were you doing


3.to go
4.closing
5.take


3/ Present Participle and Past participle
<i>Do as directed</i>


1/ Do you know the girl? The girl is talking
to my mom ( using “ Present Participle”)
2/ The man taken to the prison stole a new car
3/ I/ happy/meet/ Nam/ wedding/ yesterday.
( using” Adj+ to- inf”)


4/ Is it all right if I sit here.


-> Would you


mind...?
5/ This is a farm which grows fruit trees.
6/ Mai staysup late everyday. She wantsto see
the sport show on T.V.


<b>Answer keys.</b>


1.Do you know the girl taking to my
mom.?


2.The man taken to the prison stole a


new car.


3.I was happy to meet Nam at the
wedding yesterday.


4.Would you mind sitting here?
5.A growing fruit trees-farm.


6.Mai stays up late everyday in order to
see the sport show on T.V.


<b>*Game:Brainstorming</b>


<b>(to remind words From unit 14 to unit 16</b>
- Review all the structures & new words.
-Prepare for the next period to review
grammar & new words from unit 14 to unit
16.


Pre-date:...


Tea-date: 8a1: 8a2:
8a3:


<b>Week 36 -Period 105 :Test for the second term</b>



<b>I.Mơc tiªu;</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(188)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=188>

thơng qua đó ngời dạy cũng có căn cứ để điều chỉnh bổ sung kịp thời những bất cập trong quá
trình dạy học .Cũng qua bài kiểm tra sẽ tìm ra những em có năng khiếu để bồi dỡng và phụ


dạo các em yếu kém kịp thời.


- Qua bài kiểm tra giáo dục các em tÝnh tù gi¸c tù lËp trong häc tËp.


- Mục tiêu đề ra là 75 % học sinh đạt từ TB trở lên trong đó 30% khá,Giỏi.
<b>II.Chuẩn bị;</b>


- Gv-Củng cố kiến thức cho Hs
- Hs- Ơn bài chu đáo


<b>III.TiÕn tr×nh kiĨm tra;</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(189)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=189>

<b>THE SECOND TERM EXAMINATION</b>



<b>I. Aim :</b>


This lesson helps Ss have a chance to recognize their mistakes and can use the grammar in the right way .
Teacher can help Ss remember the structures having been learnt in the second term


II. <b>Contents</b>


I. <b>Choose the correct words to fill in the blanks</b> (2ms )
1/ The USA is famous for its ...


a)Big Ben Clock b) Eiffel Tower c) Statue of Liberty d) Opera House
2/ Have you ever been to a ... festival ?


a) bull- fight b) bull- fighting c) fighting –bull d) fight- bull
3/ Do you know how ... fire without using the matches ?



a) make b) making c) to make d) made


4/ Farmers collect household and garden waste to make...
a) compost b) floor covering c) glassware d) pipes


II. <b>Do as directed in parentheses</b> (3ms)


1/ They made the fire in the traditional way ( Change into passive voice )
2/ Mai asked Nam,” Does your sister have a toystore in London ?”
( Rewrite the sentence, using reported question)


3/ Travelling around the world is exciting ( Rewrite the sentence, using “ It + be + adj....” )
4/ I started learning English seven years ago


-> I have... ( complete the sentence)
5/ The girl is Lan. She is reading the book


( Combine two sentences into one, using present participle )


6/ The English- speaking contest will be held at Le Loi school ( Make the question for the underlined words)
III<b>. Give the correct form or tense of the verbs in parentheses (2ms)</b>


1/ “ What ... you (do) at 8 o’clock last night ? “
“ We ( watch ) telivision “


2/ She has a lot of books ( write ) in English
3/ Would you mind ( close ) the window?


<b>IV. </b>Fill each blank in the sentences with a suitable word from the box (1m)



Christmas carol flag starting point
single gym water-fetching
1/ In a ... contest, people have to run and take water from a river


2/ Do you sing ... at Christmas ?


3/ After running to fetch water, competitors have to come back to their...
4/ What is the colour of the ... of your country ?


V. Fill in each blank with a suitable word (1m)
1.Jane used………be my neighbor.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(190)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=190>

4. Do you mind……….I sit here?


VI. <b>Rewrite each sentence, beginning as show, so that the meaning stays the same</b> (2ms)
1/She gave me a dress


---> I………
2/I started learning English three years ago.


--> I have……….
3/“Do many tourists visit Viet Nam every year, Hanh?” Susan asked


---> Susan asked Hanh………..
4/“Could you lend me some money?”


---> Do you mind……….?
III. <b>Keys</b>


I. 2ms



1/ c 2/ b 3/ c 4/a
II. 3ms


1/ The fire was made in the traditional way


2/ Mai asked Nam if his sister had a toystore in London
3/ It is exciting to travel around the world


4/ I have learned English for seven years
5/ The girl reading the book is Lan


6/ Where will the English- speaking contest be held ?
III. 2ms


1/ were you doing
were watching
2/ written


3/ closing
IV. 1m


1/ water-fetching
2/ Christmas carol
3/ starting point
4/ flag


V. 1 m


1.to 2.when3.the 4.if


VI. 2 ms


1. I was given a dress


2. I have learned English for three years.


3. Susan asked Hanh if many tourists visited Vietnam every year
4. Do you mind lending me some money?


<b>IV. Remarks about Students ’ answers</b>


<i><b>1/ Statistics</b></i>


8B(44) 44  100%
8C(46) 46  100%
8D(43) 43  100%


<i><b>2/ Advantages</b></i>


-...
-...
-...
-...


<i><b>3/ Disadvantages</b></i>


</div>

<!--links-->

Tài liệu bạn tìm kiếm đã sẵn sàng tải về

Tải bản đầy đủ ngay
×